Cross-Compiled Linux From Scratch

Version 3.0.0-SYSTEMD-x86_64-Pure64

Copyright © 2005-2014, Joe Ciccone, Jim Gifford, & Ryan Oliver

All rights reserved.

This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Open Publication License v1.0 or later (the latest version is presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).

Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.

This book is based on the "Linux From Scratch" book, that was released under the following license:

Copyright © 1999–2014, Gerard Beekmans

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions in any form must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer

  • Neither the name of “Linux From Scratch” nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this material without specific prior written permission

  • Any material derived from Linux From Scratch must contain a reference to the “Linux From Scratch” project

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.


Table of Contents

Preface

Foreword

The Linux From Scratch Project has seen many changes in the few years of its existence. I personally became involved with the project in 1999, around the time of the 2.x releases. At that time, the build process was to create static binaries with the host system, then chroot and build the final binaries on top of the static ones.

Later came the use of the /static directory to hold the initial static builds, keeping them separated from the final system, then the PureLFS process developed by Ryan Oliver and Greg Schafer, introducing a new toolchain build process that divorces even our initial builds from the host. Finally, LFS 6 brought Linux Kernel 2.6, the udev dynamic device structure, sanitized kernel headers, and other improvements to the Linux From Scratch system.

The one "flaw" in LFS is that it has always been based on an x86 class processor. With the advent of the Athlon 64 and Intel EM64T processors, the x86-only LFS is no longer ideal. Throughout this time, Ryan Oliver developed and documented a process by which you could build Linux for any system and from any system, by use of cross-compilation techniques. Thus, the Cross-Compiled LFS (CLFS) was born.

CLFS follows the same guiding principles the LFS project has always followed, e.g., knowing your system inside and out by virtue of having built the system yourself. Additionally, during a CLFS build, you will learn advanced techniques such as cross-build toolchains, multilib support (32 & 64-bit libraries side-by-side), alternative architectures such as Sparc, MIPS, and much more.

We hope you enjoy building your own CLFS system, and the benefits that come from a system tailored to your needs.

--
Jeremy Utley, CLFS 1.x Release Manager (Page Author)
Jonathan Norman, Release Manager
Jim Gifford, CLFS Project Co-leader
Ryan Oliver, CLFS Project Co-leader
Joe Ciccone, CLFS Project Co-leader
Jonathan Norman, Justin Knierim, Chris Staub, Matt Darcy, Ken Moffat,
Manuel Canales Esparcia, Nathan Coulson and William Harrington - CLFS Developers

Audience

There are many reasons why somebody would want to read this book. The principal reason is to install a Linux system from the source code. A question many people raise is, “why go through all the hassle of manually building a Linux system from scratch when you can just download and install an existing one?” That is a good question and is the impetus for this section of the book.

One important reason for the existence of CLFS is to help people understand how a Linux system works. Building an CLFS system helps demonstrate what makes Linux tick, and how things work together and depend on each other. One of the best things this learning experience provides is the ability to customize Linux to your own tastes and needs.

A key benefit of CLFS is that it allows users to have more control over their system without any reliance on a Linux implementation designed by someone else. With CLFS, you are in the driver's seat and dictate every aspect of the system, such as the directory layout and bootscript setup. You also dictate where, why, and how programs are installed.

Another benefit of CLFS is the ability to create a very compact Linux system. When installing a regular distribution, one is often forced to include several programs which are probably never used. These programs waste disk space or CPU cycles. It is not difficult to build an CLFS system of less than 100 megabytes (MB), which is substantially smaller than the majority of existing installations. Does this still sound like a lot of space? A few of us have been working on creating a very small embedded CLFS system. We successfully built a system that was specialized to run the Apache web server with approximately 8MB of disk space used. Further stripping could bring this down to 5 MB or less. Try that with a regular distribution! This is only one of the many benefits of designing your own Linux implementation.

We could compare Linux distributions to a hamburger purchased at a fast-food restaurant—you have no idea what might be in what you are eating. CLFS, on the other hand, does not give you a hamburger. Rather, CLFS provides the recipe to make the exact hamburger desired. This allows users to review the recipe, omit unwanted ingredients, and add your own ingredients to enhance the flavor of the burger. When you are satisfied with the recipe, move on to preparing it. It can be made to exact specifications—broil it, bake it, deep-fry it, or barbecue it.

Another analogy that we can use is that of comparing CLFS with a finished house. CLFS provides the skeletal plan of a house, but it is up to you to build it. CLFS maintains the freedom to adjust plans throughout the process, customizing it to the needs and preferences of the user.

Security is an additional advantage of a custom built Linux system. By compiling the entire system from source code, you are empowered to audit everything and apply all the security patches desired. It is no longer necessary to wait for somebody else to compile binary packages that fix a security hole. Unless you examine the patch and implement it yourself, you have no guarantee that the new binary package was built correctly and adequately fixes the problem.

The goal of Cross Linux From Scratch is to build a complete and usable foundation-level system. Readers who do not wish to build their own Linux system from scratch may not benefit from the information in this book. If you only want to know what happens while the computer boots, we recommend the “From Power Up To Bash Prompt” HOWTO located at http://axiom.anu.edu.au/~okeefe/p2b/ or on The Linux Documentation Project's (TLDP) website at http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/From-PowerUp-To-Bash-Prompt-HOWTO.html. The HOWTO builds a system which is similar to that of this book, but it focuses strictly on creating a system capable of booting to a BASH prompt. Consider your objective. If you wish to build a Linux system and learn along the way, this book is your best choice.

There are too many good reasons to build your own CLFS system to list them all here. This section is only the tip of the iceberg. As you continue in your CLFS experience, you will find the power that information and knowledge truly bring.

Prerequisites

Building a CLFS system is not a simple task. It requires a certain level of existing knowledge of Unix system administration in order to resolve problems, and correctly execute the commands listed. In particular, as an absolute minimum, the reader should already have the ability to use the command line (shell) to copy or move files and directories, list directory and file contents, and change the current directory. It is also expected that the reader has a reasonable knowledge of using and installing Linux software. A basic knowledge of the architectures being used in the Cross LFS process and the host operating systems in use is also required.

Because the CLFS book assumes at least this basic level of skill, the various CLFS support forums are unlikely to be able to provide you with much assistance in these areas. Your questions regarding such basic knowledge will likely go unanswered, or you will be referred to the CLFS essential pre-reading list.

Before building a CLFS system, we recommend reading the following HOWTOs:

Host System Requirements

You should be able to build a CLFS system from just about any Unix-type operating system. Your host system should have the following software with the minimum versions indicated. Also note that many distributions will place software headers into separate packages, often in the form of “[package-name]-devel” or “[package-name]-dev”. Be sure to install those if your distribution provides them.

  • Bash-2.05a

  • Binutils-2.12 (Versions greater than 2.24 are not recommended as they have not been tested)

  • Bison-1.875

  • Bzip2-1.0.2

  • Coreutils-5.0

  • Diffutils-2.8

  • Findutils-4.1.20

  • Gawk-3.1.5

  • GCC-4.1.2 and the C++ compiler, g++ (Versions greater than 4.8.3 are not recommended as they have not been tested)

  • Glibc-2.2.5 (Versions greater than 2.19 are not recommended as they have not been tested)

  • Grep-2.5

  • Gzip-1.2.4

  • Make-3.80

  • Ncurses-5.3

  • Patch-2.5.4

  • Sed-3.0.2

  • Tar-1.22

  • Texinfo-4.7

  • XZ Utils-4.999.8beta

To see whether your host system has all the appropriate versions, create and run the following script. Read the output carefully for any errors, and make sure to install any packages that are reported as not found.

cat > version-check.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash

# Simple script to list version numbers of critical development tools

bash --version | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f2-4
echo -n "Binutils: "; ld --version | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f3-
bison --version | head -n1
bzip2 --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f1,6-
echo -n "Coreutils: "; chown --version | head -n1 | cut -d")" -f2
diff --version | head -n1
find --version | head -n1
gawk --version | head -n1
gcc --version | head -n1
g++ --version | head -n1
ldd $(which ${SHELL}) | grep libc.so | cut -d ' ' -f 3 | ${SHELL} | head -n 1 | cut -d ' ' -f 1-7
grep --version | head -n1
gzip --version | head -n1
make --version | head -n1
tic -V
patch --version | head -n1
sed --version | head -n1
tar --version | head -n1
makeinfo --version | head -n1
xz --version | head -n1
echo 'main(){}' | gcc -v -o /dev/null -x c - > dummy.log 2>&1
if ! grep -q ' error' dummy.log; then
  echo "Compilation successful" && rm dummy.log
else
  echo 1>&2  "Compilation FAILED - more development packages may need to be \
installed. If you like, you can also view dummy.log for more details."
fi
EOF

bash version-check.sh 2>errors.log &&
[ -s errors.log ] && echo -e "\nThe following packages could not be found:\n$(cat errors.log)"

Typography

To make things easier to follow, there are a few typographical conventions used throughout this book. This section contains some examples of the typographical format found throughout Cross-Compiled Linux From Scratch.

./configure --prefix=/usr

This form of text is designed to be typed exactly as seen unless otherwise noted in the surrounding text. It is also used in the explanation sections to identify which of the commands is being referenced.

install-info: unknown option '--dir-file=/mnt/clfs/usr/info/dir'

This form of text (fixed-width text) shows screen output, probably as the result of commands issued. This format is also used to show filenames, such as /etc/ld.so.conf.

Emphasis

This form of text is used for several purposes in the book. Its main purpose is to emphasize important points or items.

http://cross-lfs.org/

This format is used for hyperlinks, both within the CLFS community and to external pages. It includes HOWTOs, download locations, and websites.

cat > ${CLFS}/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF

This format is used when creating configuration files. The first command tells the system to create the file ${CLFS}/etc/group from whatever is typed on the following lines until the sequence end of file (EOF) is encountered. Therefore, this entire section is generally typed as seen.

[REPLACED TEXT]

This format is used to encapsulate text that is not to be typed as seen or copied-and-pasted.

passwd(5)

This format is used to refer to a specific manual page (hereinafter referred to simply as a “man” page). The number inside parentheses indicates a specific section inside of man. For example, passwd has two man pages. Per CLFS installation instructions, those two man pages will be located at /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1 and /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. Both man pages have different information in them. When the book uses passwd(5) it is specifically referring to /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. man passwd will print the first man page it finds that matches “passwd”, which will be /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1. For this example, you will need to run man 5 passwd in order to read the specific page being referred to. It should be noted that most man pages do not have duplicate page names in different sections. Therefore, man [program name] is generally sufficient.

Structure

This book is divided into the following parts.

Part I - Introduction

Part I explains a few important notes on how to proceed with the Cross-LFS installation. This section also provides meta-information about the book.

Part II - Preparing for the Build

Part II describes how to prepare for the building process—making a partition and downloading the packages.

Part III - Make the Cross-Compile Tools

Part III shows you how to make a set of Cross-Compiler tools. These tools can run on your host system but allow you to build packages that will run on your target system.

Part IV - Building the Basic Tools

Part IV explains how to build a tool chain designed to operate on your target system. These are the tools that will allow you to build a working system on your target computer.

Part V - Building the CLFS System

Part V guides the reader through the building of the CLFS system—compiling and installing all the packages one by one, setting up the boot scripts, and installing the kernel. The resulting Linux system is the foundation on which other software can be built to expand the system as desired. At the end of this book, there is an easy to use reference listing all of the programs, libraries, and important files that have been installed.

Appendices

The appendices contain information that doesn't really fit anywhere else in the book. Appendix A contains definitions of acronyms and terms used in the book; Appendices B and C have information about package dependencies and the build order. Some architectures may have additional appendices for arch-specific issues.

Errata

The software used to create a CLFS system is constantly being updated and enhanced. Security warnings and bug fixes may become available after the CLFS book has been released. Some host systems may also have problems building CLFS. To check whether the package versions or instructions in this release of CLFS need any modifications to accommodate security vulnerabilities, other bug fixes, or host-specific issues, please visit http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/errata before proceeding with your build. You should note any changes shown and apply them to the relevant section of the book as you progress with building the CLFS system.

Part I. Introduction

Chapter 1. Introduction

1.1. Cross-LFS Acknowledgements

The CLFS team would like to acknowledge people who have assisted in making the book what it is today.

Our Leaders:

  • William Harrington - Lead Developer.

  • Jonathan Norman - x86, x86_64, PowerPC & UltraSPARC builds, Release Manager 2.x Series

  • Chris Staub - x86 and x86_64 builds. Leader of Quality Control.

Our CLFS Team:

  • Matt Darcy - x86, X86_64, and Sparc builds.

  • Manuel Canales Esparcia - Book XML.

  • Justin Knierim - Website Architect.

  • Ken Moffat - PowerPC and X86_64 builds. Developer of Pure 64 Hint.

Outside the Development Team

  • Jürg Billeter - Testing and assisting in the development of the Linux Headers Package

  • Richard Downing - Testing, typo, and content fixes.

  • Peter Ennis - Typo and content fixes.

  • Tony Morgan - Typo and content fixes.

The CLFS team would also like to acknowledge contributions of people from clfs-dev@lists.cross-lfs.org and associated mailing lists who have provided valuable technical and editorial corrections while testing the Cross-LFS book.

  • G. Moko - Text updates and Typos

  • Maxim Osipov - MIPS Testing.

  • Doug Ronne - Various x86_64 fixes.

  • Theo Schneider - Testing of the Linux Headers Package

  • Martin Ward - Recommendations for Systemd and the Boot method, among other contributions

  • William Zhou - Text updates and Typos

Former Team Members

  • Joe Ciccone - Lead Developer.

  • Nathan Coulson - Bootscripts.

  • Jim Gifford - Lead Developer.

  • Jeremy Huntwork - PowerPC, x86, Sparc builds.

  • Karen McGuiness - Proofreader.

  • Ryan Oliver - Build Process Developer.

  • Alexander E. Patrakov - Udev/Hotplug Integration

  • Jeremy Utley - Release Manager 1.x Series.

  • Zack Winkles - Unstable book work.

The Linux From Scratch Project

  • Gerard Beekmans <gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Creator of Linux From Scratch, on which Cross-LFS is based

Thank you all for your support.

1.2. How to Build a CLFS System

The CLFS system will be built by using a previously installed Unix system or Linux distribution (such as Debian, Fedora, openSUSE, or Ubuntu). This existing system (the host) will be used as a starting point to provide necessary programs, including a compiler, linker, and shell, to build the new system. Select the “development” option during the distribution installation to be able to access these tools.

As an alternative to installing an entire separate distribution onto your machine, you may wish to use a livecd. Most distributions provide a livecd, which provides an environment to which you can add the required tools onto, allowing you to successfully follow the instructions in this book. Remember that if you reboot the livecd you will need to reconfigure the host environment before continuing with your build.

Preparing a New Partition of this book describes how to create a new Linux native partition and file system, the place where the new CLFS system will be compiled and installed. Packages and Patches explains which packages and patches need to be downloaded to build a CLFS system and how to store them on the new file system. Final Preparations discusses the setup for an appropriate working environment. Please read Final Preparations carefully as it explains several important issues the developer should be aware of before beginning to work through Constructing Cross-Compile Tools and beyond.

Constructing Cross-Compile Tools explains the installation of cross-compile tools which will be built on the host but be able to compile programs that run on the target machine. These cross-compile tools will be used to create a temporary, minimal system that will be the basis for building the final CLFS system. Some of these packages are needed to resolve circular dependencies—for example, to compile a compiler, you need a compiler.

The process of building cross-compile tools first involves building and installing all the necessary tools to create a build system for the target machine. With these cross-compiled tools, we eliminate any dependencies on the toolchain from our host distro.

After we build our “Cross-Tools”, we start building a very minimal working system in /tools, using the cross-toolchain in /cross-tools. Once the temporary system is finished, we perform a few additional tasks to prepare to enter this temporary build environment, either by booting or chrooting into it. For more details about the difference between these methods, see Section 6.31, “To Boot or to Chroot?”.

In Installing Basic System Software, after having booted or chrooted into the temporary build environment, the full CLFS system is built.

To finish the installation, several configuration files are created in System Configuration, and the kernel and boot loader are set up in Making the CLFS System Bootable. The End contains information on furthering the CLFS experience beyond this book. After the steps in this book have been implemented, the computer will be ready to reboot into the new CLFS system.

This is the process in a nutshell. Detailed information on each step is discussed in the following chapters and package descriptions. Items that may seem complicated will be clarified, and everything will fall into place as the reader embarks on the CLFS adventure.

1.3. Master Changelog

This is version 3.0.0-SYSTEMD of the Cross-Compiled Linux From Scratch book, dated October 18, 2014. If this book is more than six months old, a newer and better version is probably already available. To find out, please check one of the mirrors via http://trac.cross-lfs.org/.

Below is a list of detailed changes made since the previous release of the book.

Changelog Entries:

  • 18 October 2014

    • [William Harrington] - CLFS 3.0.0 SYSTEMD Released.

  • 26 September 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bash 4.3 branch update to patch level 30.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Vim 7.4 branch update to patch level 473.

  • 09 October 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux Kernel to 3.14.21.

  • 08 October 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Shadow to 4.2.1.

  • 03 October 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add Util-linux Pass 2.

  • 26 September 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bash 4.3 branch update to patch level 26.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Readline 6.3 branch update to patch level 8.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux sublevel patch to 3.14.19.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Vim 7.4 branch update patch to level 460.

  • 18 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed obsolete --with-tls and --with-__thread options from Cross-Tools Glibc builds - those options have long since been removed from Glibc.

  • 17 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Combined Makefile modification commands in Boot section Shadow install into one command.

    • [Chris] - Removed redundant command explanation from Less installation page.

  • 14 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Disabled LTO for systemd build so it doesn't link to libgcc_s. Thanks to Armin K. for the solution.

    • [Chris] - Removed obsolete command to disable test lib in Glibc instructions.

  • 10 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed several switches from GCC builds for options that are enabled by default.

    • [Chris] - Removed --enable-multibyte switch from Vim pages, since multibyte support is enabled by default.

    • [Chris] - Removed --enable-shared switch from CLooG pages; shared libraries are built by default.

  • 09 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Redo top index to list by arch, then 32/64/multilib within each arch.

    • [Chris] - Removed "M4=m4" from final-system Bison and Flex pages, since m4 is now installed before them.

  • 07 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated Linux sublevel patch to 3.14.16.

  • 05 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Reversed change to Vim's docs location, so that Vim can find its help files.

  • 01 August 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated Linux sublevel to 3.14.15.

    • [Chris] - Build Pkg-config-lite before Ncurses in the final system, so that Ncurses will install .pc files.

    • [Chris] - Move Bzip2 before Perl and modify Perl instructions to use system-install Bzip2. Solution borrowed from LFS.

  • 28 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded notes about the importance of the testuites for GMP, MPFR, MPC, ISL, and CLooG.

  • 24 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Added config flag descriptions to kernel config pages. Thanks to Hazel Russman for the idea.

    • [Chris] - Removed commands to recreate /usr/share/info to reduce possible user confusion.

  • 21 July 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update MPFR 3.1.2 fixes patch for patch level 10 update.

    • [William Harrington] - Update VIM 7.4 Branch Update patch to patch level 373.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.14.13.

  • 18 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Changed title on Linux Headers installation pages to reduce potential confusion with previous Linux-Headers package.

  • 17 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated D-Bus to 1.8.6 for security fixes. Closes ticket #974.

  • 14 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Modified instructions for mounting file systems for chroot so that they are all mounted before entering chroot, and added a tmpfs on /run. Took solution for /dev/shm symlink from LFS. Fixes ticket #971.

    • [Chris] - Updated Linux sublevel to 3.14.12.

  • 10 July 2014

    • [Chris] - Add back instruction to create /var/log/lastlog, so that it can actually be used.

  • 02 July 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux subelevel patch to 3.14.10.

  • 30 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Added documentation installation instructions for Zlib.

  • 27 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Updated KMOD to 18. Fixes ticket #965.

  • 24 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Remove reference to a non-existent man page from timesyncd.conf.

    • [Chris] - Prevent systemd from running setcap during installation.

    • [Chris] - Prevent systemd-fsck from using fsck -l, to avoid boot errors. Fixes ticket #968.

  • 23 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Added info about systemd-timesyncd to network configuration section. Fixes ticket #958.

  • 20 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Remove make -C man install from final-system KMOD as man pages are installed during make install.

    • [William Harrington] - Add Linux sublevel patch.

    • [Chris] - Changed GMP documentation installation instructions to use the Makefile to install docs instead of doing so manually.

  • 17 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Use --with-isl=system for temp-system CLooG.

  • 17 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Move Man-DB right after Libpipeline.

  • 15 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Added commands to create and install HTML documentation for MPC.

  • 13 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update D-Bus to 1.8.4.

    • [William Harrington] - Update File to 5.19.

    • [Chris] - Text updates to kernel installation page.

  • 11 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Placed file before findutils in temp-system.

  • 10 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Upgraded Gettext to 0.19.1.

  • 04 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Added Introduction page to final-preps.

  • 03 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Moved installation of /tools/include/libiberty.h from Cross-Tools to Temp-System.

    • [Chris] - Moved creation of /var/run symlink to a more appropriate location in the Creating Directories page.

  • 02 June 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Upgraded Gettext to 0.19.

  • 01 June 2014

    • [Chris] - Upgraded GCC to 4.8.3.

    • [William Harrington] - Upgraded Eudev to 1.7.

  • 31 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Check to 0.9.13.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.14.5.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Vim 7.4 branch update patch to level 316.

  • 30 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add --host=${CLFS_TARGET} during cross-tools Pkg-config configure.

  • 29 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Perl to 5.20.0.

    • [Chris] - Edited "how" page - removed details about booting/chrooting and moved them to the "choose" page for temp-system.

  • 28 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Upgrade Systemd to 213.

    • [William Harrington] - Upgrade TZData to 2014d.

    • [William Harrington] - Upgrade Man-pages to 3.68.

  • 25 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Upgrade Grep to 2.19.

  • 24 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Moved Bc from Cross-Tools to Boot section, as it's only needed to compile the kernel.

    • [Chris] - Moved "About ${CLFS}" page from final-preps to partitioning - best to have the page explaining ${CLFS} before it's actually used.

  • 22 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Swapped build order of Linux-headers and File in Cross-Tools - no particular reason for File to be after Linux-headers, so just make them alphabetical.

  • 21 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Rewrote Udev page in system-config section.

    • [Chris] - Moved creation of /etc/fstab to system-config.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.67.

  • 19 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Added commands to unset CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS to the clfs user's default .bashrc, and removed the separate page where this was done.

    • [Chris] - Removed separate "Build flags" pages and moved that info to "Build Variables" pages, and moved those from cross-tools to final-preps.

  • 18 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Added Pkg-config-lite to Cross-Tools and removed PKG_CONFIG parameters from temp-system and boot packages.

  • 17 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Upgrade TZData to 2014c.

    • [William Harrington] - Add --disable-werror for cross-tools Binutils.

  • 11 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Added explanations for Essential Symlinks.

  • 08 May 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.66.

    • [William Harrington] - Add GDBM 1.11 to the books.

    • [William Harrington] - Add Libpipeline 1.3.0 to the books.

    • [William Harrington] - Add Man-DB 2.6.7.1 to the books.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove Man-1.6g from the books.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove zsoelim link from Groff.

  • 06 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded configure switches specifying GMP/MPFR/MPC/ISL/CLOOG in /tools.

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded --libexecdir switches from temp-system GCC.

  • 02 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed command to copy gconv-modules in Glibc instructions, as it is no longer needed.

  • 30 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Added "PKG_CONFIG=" to boot section kmod commands, otherwise it will use pkg-config to find the "bash-completion" package and install stuff to that prefix if found. Thanks to boloco in IRC for finding this.

    • [William Harrington] - Uprade DBus to 1.8.2.

  • 28 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Remove all mentions of Alpha architecture, as it has not been tested for a long time.

  • 27 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update IPRoute2 to 3.14.0.

  • 27 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated Acknowledgements page.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.14.2.

  • 26 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Renamed bootscripts package to boot-scripts (thanks to William Harrington for the suggestion) and removed the patch as it is not needed for the new package.

    • [Chris] - Renamed bootscripts chapter to "System Configuration".

    • [William Harrington] - Update Util-linux to 2.24.2.

    • [Chris] - Added new page about how to view the book from inside the temporary boot environment.

    • [Chris] - Don't move binaries from Findutils or Psmisc to /bin, as they're no longer needed there.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Vim 7.4 branch update patch to level 265.

  • 24 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Eudev to 1.6.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.65.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bash branch update patch to level 11.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Readline branch update patch to level 5.

  • 22 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed several virtual filesystems from ${CLFS}/fstab for the boot method, as they're already mounted by the bootscript.

    • [Chris] - Removed creation of gtbl and geqn symlinks, as they are no longer needed.

  • 21 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Re-added manual creation of /usr/bin/perl symlink, as it is not created automatically under some circumstances.

  • 20 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Reorganized "boot" section to allow everything to be installed into /tools, remove the need to chown ${CLFS} to the clfs user, and generally make the chapter's instructions flow better.

  • 18 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Added --disable-makeinstall-setuid to temp-system Util-linux, as nothing there needs to be suid.

  • 16 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed creation of /usr/bin/perl symlink, as Perl creates a link itself when installed.

  • 13 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated most packages in the Boot section to install into /tools instead of $CLFS. Thanks to Martin Ward and William Harrington for assistance.

  • 12 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Modified sysvinit installation to allow it to use /tools/etc/inittab and /tools/sbin/agetty.

    • [Chris] - Moved Util-linux installation out of boot/chroot sections into the temp-system, as it can be installed the same way with either method.

  • 11 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated MPC to 1.0.2.

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded --disable-login and --disable-su switches from Util-linux configure in boot/chroot sections.

  • 09 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Eudev to 1.5.3.

  • 09 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Remove obsolete --enable-cloog-backend parameter from GCC configure.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove unneeded --disable-isl-version-check parameter from GCC configure.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Gawk to 4.1.1.

  • 08 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add versioned doc directories for Automake, DBus, Flex, Gawk, Gettext, GMP, IPRoute2, KBD, MPFR, Readline, Sed, Tar, Util-linux and XZ.

  • 06 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update KMOD to 17.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.64.

  • 05 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Move Flex before Bison in final system and remove bison and flex from temp system.

    • [William Harrington] - Add M4=m4 before configure command in final-system Bison and Flex.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove Bison and Flex from temp system.

    • [William Harrington] - Move M4 before GMP in final-system and remove M4 from temp system.

  • 02 April 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add test commands to Attr and Acl.

  • 30 March 2014

    • [Chris] - Modified network section to split systemd/sysconfig network configurations.

    • [Chris] - Removed instructions to install systemd manpages - they are now automatically installed by default.

    • [Chris] - Updated installed program lists for several packages.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove link of libl to libfl during Flex installation.

    • [William Harrington] - Update DHCPCD to 6.3.2.

    • [William Harrington] - Update VIM 7.4 patch to level 229.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bash 4.3 patch to level 8.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Readline 6.3 patch to level 3.

    • [William Harrington] - Update GCC 4.8.2 branch update patch to revision 208943.

  • 23 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.63.

  • 28 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update File to 5.18.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Flex to 2.5.39.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.12.15.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Systemd to 212.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Tzdata to 2014b.

    • [William Harrington] - Update GMP to 6.0.0a.

    • [William Harrington] - Move Bison and Flex before Binutils.

  • 17 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Remove libdbus and Update Systemd to 211.

    • [William Harrington] - Add Systemd compat patch to install pkg-config files.

  • 12 March 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated documentation installation instructions for Readline and Bash.

    • [Chris] - Deleted --remove-destination parameter when creating /etc/localtime - it's no longer needed.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.62.

  • 10 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update TZData to 2014a.

    • [William Harrington] - Update MPFR fixes patch to patch level 5.

  • 09 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add configure command descriptions and testsuite commands to Systemd.

    • [William Harrington] - Update testsuite description for D-BUS.

    • [William Harrington] - Add note to final-system Util-Linux regarding extra functionality with libudev.

    • [William Harrington] - Add commands and descriptions for /etc/adjtime.

  • 02 March 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update DHCPCD to 6.3.1.

  • 27 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update Grep to 2.18.

    • [William Harrington] - Update DHCPCD to 6.3.0.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.61.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Readline to 6.3.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bash to 4.3.

  • 24 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Remove installation of nscd tmpfile and unit service file in clfs-network-scripts.

  • 23 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add commands for nscd config, runtime, and Systemd unit files installation to GLIBC.

  • 18 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Migrate EGLIBC to GLIBC and upgrade to version 2.19.

    • [William Harrington] - Update D-Bus to stable version 1.8.0.

    • [William Harrington] - Update File to version 5.17.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Grep to version 2.17.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to version 3.12.11.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to version 3.60.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Psmisc to version 22.21.

  • 13 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Correct nobody gid to use nogroup gid.

  • 03 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add configure options to systemd so loadkeys and setfont is searched in /bin instead of /usr/bin.

  • 02 February 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Remove note in Iana-etc page and update iana-etc update numbers patch for proper operation with current iana-etc format.

  • 29 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add PKG_CONFIG= to temp-system make configure command.

  • 27 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add PERL=/usr/bin/perl to temp-system Texinfo build.

  • 26 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update LESS to 462.

  • 25 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Create a link from /proc/self/mounts to /etc/mtab in boot and chroot createfiles section.

  • 23 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update text and redo some commands regarding Systemd in the System and Network configuration chapters.

    • [William Harrington] - Add a clock configuration script to system configuration chapter with regards to systemd.

    • [William Harrington] - Add CLFS-Network-Scripts and add commands to install them in the network configuration chapter.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Util-linux to 2.24.1.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Check to 0.9.12.

  • 21 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Add D-Bus libraries before Systemd in final-system for a circular dependency issue.

  • 19 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update DHCPCD to 6.2.1.

    • [William Harrington] - Use readlink when creating links for dynamic libraries for zlib, xz, ncurses, and readline.

  • 13 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Update ISL to 0.12.2.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.56.

  • 10 January 2014

    • [William Harrington] - Migrate Procps to Procps-ng.

  • 09 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated Linux to 3.12.7.

    • [Chris] - Updated Perl to 5.18.2.

    • [Chris] - Updated Gettext to 0.18.3.2.

    • [Chris] - Updated Libcap to 2.24.

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded command to create a /usr/lib/terminfo symlink from Ncurses instructions.

    • [Chris] - Removed /usr/{doc,info,man} symlinks and edited instructions for packages to ensure all documentation is installed to /usr/share.

    • [Chris] - Moved libcap so it's built just before iputils, which can use libcap.

  • 08 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed commands to create files in /var/run and /var/log - systemd now used its journal for all logs.

    • [Chris] - Removed obsolete sed command from temp-system Coreutils.

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded command to rename stubs-64.h.

    • [Chris] - Removed unneeded "make configure-host" commands from Binutils.

    • [Chris] - Moved Attr and ACL to just after GCC in the final system.

  • 07 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Added command, from LFS, to modify /tools/lib/libstdc++.la to prevent a /tools reference in the final system.

    • [Chris] - Use libiberty from GCC, since Binutils no longer installs it by default.

  • 06 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Added msgmerge and xgettext to /tools Gettext installation - needed for attr.

    • [William Harrington] - Update DHCPCD to 6.2.0.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Grep to 2.16.

  • 05 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed rsyslog and its depedencies, libee and libestr.

    • [Chris] - Updated Expat to 2.1.0.

    • [Chris] - Updated Attr to 2.4.47.

    • [Chris] - Updated D-Bus to 1.6.18.

    • [Chris] - Updated Libcap to 2.23.

  • 04 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Updated Systemd to 208.

    • [Chris] - Added Gperf, XML::Parser, Intltool, and ACL - needed by systemd.

  • 01 January 2014

    • [Chris] - Added command to EGLIBC instructions to remove extraneous '.x' files from /usr/include/rpcsvc.

  • 23 December 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update E2fsprogs to 1.42.9.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Automake to 1.14.1.

  • 21 December 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update CLooG to 0.18.2.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Tzdata to 2013i.

    • [William Harrington] - Update EGLIBC 2.18 to revision 24829.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.12.6.

  • 14 December 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update Coreutils to 8.22.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Man-pages to 3.55.

  • 08 December 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bison to 3.0.2.

  • 06 December 2013

    • [Chris] - Modified XZ instructions so that it won't install liblzma.{a,la} in /lib.

  • 04 December 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Updated Binutils to version 2.24.

    • [William Harrington] - Updated File to version 5.16.

  • 26 November 2013

    • [Chris] - Updated installed program lists for several packages.

    • [Chris] - Removed redundant --disable-su and --disable-login switches from Util-linux - they aren't built anyway if PAM isn't found.

  • 25 November 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update Iproute2 to 3.12.0.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Tar to 1.27.1.

  • 23 November 2013

    • [Chris] - Use nologin from Util-linux instead of Shadow.

  • 22 November 2013

    • [Chris] - Util-linux now installs last and mesg by default, so use those instead of the versions in Sysvinit.

  • 18 November 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Move creation of dummy groups and user to final-system Util-linux.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove SUBDIRS variable from final-system Coreutils test command.

    • [William Harrington] - Adjust Util-linux test commands.

  • 13 November 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Adjust Util-linux check commands.

    • [William Harrington] - Move Shadow before Util-Linux in final-system.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Bison to 3.0.1.

    • [William Harrington] - Remove Bison 3.0 eof patch.

  • 11 November 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Update TZDATA to 2013h.

    • [William Harrington] - Add MPFR 3.1.2 Fixes patch.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Grep to 2.15.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Linux to 3.12.

    • [William Harrington] - Add a sed for Texinfo 5.x to all sections of Binutils.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Texinfo to 5.2.

    • [William Harrington] - Update KBD to 2.0.1.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Check to 0.9.11.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Automake to 1.14.

    • [William Harrington] - Update Make to 4.0.

    • [William Harrington] - Add a Sed command to EGLIBC for Make-4.x.

    • [William Harrington] - Move Check to temp-system.

  • 09 November 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Add PKG_CONFIG= in front of configure line for chroot and boot Util-linux for hosts with pkg-config installed.

  • 25 October 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Updated Util-Linux to 2.24.

    • [William Harrington] - Updated Tar to 1.27.

    • [William Harrington] - Updated Linux to 3.10.17.

    • [William Harrington] - Updated GCC to 4.8.2.

    • [William Harrington] - Updated CLooG to 0.18.1.

    • [William Harrington] - Changelog restarted, see the 2.1.0 book for the old changelog.

1.4. Changelog for x86_64-64

Below is a list of changes specific for this architecture made since the previous release of the book. For general changes see Master Changelog,

Changelog Entries:

  • 25 May 2014

    • [Chris] - Added ${BUILD64} to variables.xml in temp-system, and removed CC="${CC} ${BUILD64}" from temp-system and boot packages.

  • 27 April 2014

    • [Chris] - Removed obsolete CFLAGS from x86 Glibc configure commands.

  • 24 October 2013

    • [William Harrington] - Changelog restarted, see the 2.1.0 book for the old changelog.

1.5. Resources

1.5.1. FAQ

If during the building of the CLFS system you encounter any errors, have any questions, or think there is a typo in the book, please start by consulting the Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) that is located at http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/faq.

1.5.2. Mailing Lists

The cross-lfs.org server hosts a number of mailing lists used for the development of the CLFS project. These lists include the main development and support lists, among others. If the FAQ does not contain your answer, you can search the CLFS lists via The Mail Archive http://www.mail-archive.com. You can find the mail lists with the following link:

http://www.mail-archive.com/index.php?hunt=clfs

For information on the different lists, how to subscribe, archive locations, and additional information, visit http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/lists.

1.5.3. News Server

Cross-LFS does not maintain its own News Server, but we do provide access via gmane.org http://gmane.org. If you want to subscribe to the Cross-LFS lists via a newsreader you can utilize gmane.org. You can find the gmane search for CLFS with the following link:

http://dir.gmane.org/search.php?match=clfs

1.5.4. IRC

Several members of the CLFS community offer assistance on our community Internet Relay Chat (IRC) network. Before using this support, please make sure that your question is not already answered in the CLFS FAQ or the mailing list archives. You can find the IRC network at chat.freenode.net. The support channel for cross-lfs is named #cross-lfs. If you need to show people the output of your problems, please use http://pastebin.cross-lfs.org and reference the pastebin URL when asking your questions.

1.5.5. Mirror Sites

The CLFS project has a number of world-wide mirrors to make accessing the website and downloading the required packages more convenient. Please visit the CLFS website at http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/mirrors for mirrors of CLFS.

1.5.6. Contact Information

Please direct all your questions and comments to the CLFS mailing lists (see above).

1.6. Help

If an issue or a question is encountered while working through this book, check the FAQ page at http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/faq#generalfaq. Questions are often already answered there. If your question is not answered on this page, try to find the source of the problem. The following hint will give you some guidance for troubleshooting: http://hints.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Errors.

We also have a wonderful CLFS community that is willing to offer assistance through the mailing lists and IRC (see the Section 1.5, “Resources” section of this book). However, we get several support questions everyday and many of them can be easily answered by going to the FAQ and by searching the mailing lists first. So for us to offer the best assistance possible, you need to do some research on your own first. This allows us to focus on the more unusual support needs. If your searches do not produce a solution, please include all relevant information (mentioned below) in your request for help.

1.6.1. Things to Mention

Apart from a brief explanation of the problem being experienced, the essential things to include in any request for help are:

  • The version of the book being used (in this case 3.0.0-SYSTEMD)

  • The host distribution and version being used to create CLFS.

  • The architecture of the host and target.

  • The value of the ${CLFS_HOST} and ${CLFS_TARGET} environment variables, and if applicable, ${BUILD32}, ${BUILD64}, ${BUILDN32}, and ${GCCTARGET}.

  • The package or section in which the problem was encountered.

  • The exact error message or symptom received. See Section 1.6.3, “Compilation Problems” below for an example.

  • Note whether you have deviated from the book at all. A package version change or even a minor change to any command is considered deviation.

Note

Deviating from this book does not mean that we will not help you. After all, the CLFS project is about personal preference. Be upfront about any changes to the established procedure—this helps us evaluate and determine possible causes of your problem.

1.6.2. Configure Script Problems

If something goes wrong while running the configure script, review the config.log file. This file may contain the errors you encountered during configure. It often logs errors that may have not been printed to the screen. Include only the relevant lines if you need to ask for help.

1.6.3. Compilation Problems

Both the screen output and the contents of various files are useful in determining the cause of compilation problems. The screen output from the configure script and the make run can be helpful. It is not necessary to include the entire output, but do include enough of the relevant information. Below is an example of the type of information to include from the screen output from make:

gcc -DALIASPATH=\"/mnt/clfs/usr/share/locale:.\"
-DLOCALEDIR=\"/mnt/clfs/usr/share/locale\"
-DLIBDIR=\"/mnt/clfs/usr/lib\"
-DINCLUDEDIR=\"/mnt/clfs/usr/include\" -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I.
-g -O2 -c getopt1.c
gcc -g -O2 -static -o make ar.o arscan.o commands.o dir.o
expand.o file.o function.o getopt.o implicit.o job.o main.o
misc.o read.o remake.o rule.o signame.o variable.o vpath.o
default.o remote-stub.o version.o opt1.o
-lutil job.o: In function `load_too_high':
/clfs/tmp/make-3.79.1/job.c:1565: undefined reference
to `getloadavg'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
make[2]: *** [make] Error 1
make[2]: Leaving directory `/clfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make[1]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
make[1]: Leaving directory `/clfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make: *** [all-recursive-am] Error 2

In this case, many people would just include the bottom section:

make [2]: *** [make] Error 1

This is not enough information to properly diagnose the problem because it only notes that something went wrong, not what went wrong. The entire section, as in the example above, is what should be saved because it includes the command that was executed and the associated error message(s).

An excellent article about asking for help on the Internet is available online at http://catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read and follow the hints in this document to increase the likelihood of getting the help you need.

Part II. Preparing for the Build

Chapter 2. Preparing a New Partition

2.1. Introduction

In this chapter, the partition which will host the CLFS system is prepared. We will create the partition itself, create a file system on it, and mount it.

2.2. Setting The ${CLFS} Variable

Throughout this book, the environment variable CLFS will be used several times. You should ensure that this variable is always defined throughout the CLFS build process. It should be set to the name of the directory where you will be building your CLFS system - we will use /mnt/clfs as an example, but the directory choice is up to you. If you are building CLFS on a separate partition, this directory will be the mount point for the partition. Choose a directory location and set the variable with the following command:

export CLFS=[/mnt/clfs]

Having this variable set is beneficial in that commands such as install -dv ${CLFS}/tools can be typed literally. The shell will automatically replace “${CLFS}” with “/mnt/clfs” (or whatever the variable was set to) when it processes the command line.

Do not forget to check that ${CLFS} is set whenever you leave and reenter the current working environment (such as when doing a su to root or another user). Check that the CLFS variable is set up properly with:

echo ${CLFS}

Make sure the output shows the path to your CLFS system's build location, which is /mnt/clfs if the provided example was followed. If the output is incorrect, use the command given earlier on this page to set ${CLFS} to the correct directory name.

2.3. Creating a New Partition

Like most other operating systems, CLFS is usually installed on a dedicated partition. The recommended approach to building a CLFS system is to use an available empty partition or, if you have enough unpartitioned space, to create one. However, if you're building for a different architecture you can simply build everything in “/mnt/clfs” (or whatever directory you want to use) and transfer it to your target machine. If you do not plan to use a separate partition for building CLFS, you can skip the rest of this chapter and continue on to Packages and Patches.

A minimal system requires around 6 gigabytes (GB). This is enough to store all the source tarballs and compile the packages. The CLFS system itself will not take up this much room. A large portion of this requirement is to provide sufficient free temporary storage. Compiling packages can require a lot of disk space which will be reclaimed after the package is installed. If the CLFS system is intended to be the primary Linux system, additional software will probably be installed which will require additional space (2-10 GB).

Because there is not always enough Random Access Memory (RAM) available for compilation processes, it is a good idea to use a small disk partition as swap space. This is used by the kernel to store seldom-used data and leave more memory available for active processes. The swap partition for a CLFS system can be the same as the one used by the host system, in which case it is not necessary to create another one.

As the root user, start a disk partitioning program such as cfdisk or fdisk with a command line option naming the hard disk on which the new partition will be created—for example /dev/sda for the primary Integrated Drive Electronics (IDE) or Serial ATA (SATA) disk. Create a Linux native partition and a swap partition, if needed. Please refer to cfdisk(8) or fdisk(8) if you do not yet know how to use the programs.

Remember the designation of the new partition (e.g., sda5). This book will refer to this as the CLFS partition. Also, remember the designation of the swap partition. These names will be needed later for the /etc/fstab file.

Note

SYSTEMD does not support a configuration with a separate /usr filesystem. An initramfs which mounts a separate /usr is required.

2.4. Creating a File System on the Partition

Now that a blank partition has been set up, the file system can be created. The most widely-used system in the Linux world is the second extended file system (ext2), but with newer high-capacity hard disks, journaling file systems are becoming increasingly popular. We will create an ext2 file system. Instructions for other file systems can be found at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php?section=6#File_System.

To create an ext2 file system on the CLFS partition, run the following as root:

mke2fs /dev/[xxx]

Replace [xxx] with the name of the CLFS partition (sda5 in our previous example).

Note

Some host distributions use custom features in their filesystem creation tools (E2fsprogs). This can cause problems when booting into your new CLFS system, as those features will not be supported by the CLFS-installed E2fsprogs; you will get an error similar to unsupported filesystem features, upgrade your e2fsprogs. To check if your host system uses custom enhancements, run the following command:

debugfs -R feature /dev/[xxx]

If the output contains features other than: dir_index; filetype; large_file; resize_inode or sparse_super then your host system may have custom enhancements. In that case, to avoid later problems, you should compile the stock E2fsprogs package and use the resulting binaries to re-create the filesystem on your CLFS partition. To do this, run the following commands as root:

cd /tmp
tar xjf /path/to/sources/e2fsprogs-1.42.9.tar.bz2
cd e2fsprogs-1.42.9
mkdir build
cd build
../configure
make #note that we intentionally don't 'make install' here!
./misc/mke2fs /dev/[xxx]
cd /tmp
rm -rf e2fsprogs-1.42.9

If you created a swap partition, you will need to initialize it for use by issuing the command below as root:

mkswap /dev/[yyy]

Replace [yyy] with the name of the swap partition. If you are using an existing swap partition, there is no need to format it.

2.5. Mounting the New Partition

Now that a file system has been created, the partition needs to be made accessible. In order to do this, the partition needs to be mounted at a chosen mount point.

As the root user, ensure the CLFS variable is set, if you haven't already:

export CLFS=[/mnt/clfs]

Next, create the mount point and mount the CLFS file system by running the following commands as root:

mkdir -pv ${CLFS}
mount -v /dev/[xxx] ${CLFS}

Replace [xxx] with the designation of the CLFS partition.

If using multiple partitions for CLFS (e.g., one for / and another for /usr), mount them as root using:

mkdir -pv ${CLFS}
mount -v /dev/[xxx] ${CLFS}
mkdir -v ${CLFS}/usr
mount -v /dev/[yyy] ${CLFS}/usr

Replace [xxx] and [yyy] with the appropriate partition names.

Ensure that this new partition is not mounted with permissions that are too restrictive (such as the nosuid, nodev, or noatime options). Run mount | grep ${CLFS} to see what options are set for the mounted CLFS partition. If nosuid, nodev, and/or noatime are set, the partition will need to be remounted.

Now that there is an established place to work, it is time to download the packages.

Chapter 3. Packages and Patches

3.1. Introduction

This chapter includes a list of packages that need to be downloaded for building a basic Linux system. The listed version numbers correspond to versions of the software that are known to work, and this book is based on their use. We highly recommend not using newer versions because the build commands for one version may not work with a newer version. The newest package versions may also have problems that require work-arounds. These work-arounds will be developed and stabilized in the development version of the book.

Download locations may not always be accessible. If a download location has changed since this book was published, Google (http://www.google.com/) provides a useful search engine for most packages. If this search is unsuccessful, try one of the alternative means of downloading discussed at http://cross-lfs.org/files/packages/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/.

Create a directory called ${CLFS}/sources and use it to store your sources and patches. All packages should be compiled there as well. Using any other location for compiling may have unexpected results.

To create this directory, execute, as user root, the following command before starting the download session:

mkdir -v ${CLFS}/sources

Make this directory writable and sticky. When a directory is marked “sticky”, that means that even if multiple users have write permission on that directory, any file within that directory can only be deleted or modified by its owner. The following command, run as root, will enable the write and sticky modes:

chmod -v a+wt ${CLFS}/sources

You can download all needed packages and patches into this directory either by using the links on the following pages in this section, or by passing the download list to wget:

wget -i dl.list -P ${CLFS}/sources

Verification of downloaded packages can be done by downloading the following MD5 or SHA1 checksum lists:

MD5SUMS:

pushd ${CLFS}/sources
md5sum -c MD5SUMS
popd

SHA1SUMS:

pushd ${CLFS}/sources
sha1sum -c SHA1SUMS
popd

3.2. All Packages

Download or otherwise obtain the following packages:

ACL (2.2.52) - 384 KB:

Home page: http://acl.bestbits.at/

Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/acl/acl-2.2.52.src.tar.gz

MD5 sum: a61415312426e9c2212bd7dc7929abda

Attr (2.4.47) - 340 KB:

Home page: http://acl.bestbits.at/

Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/attr/attr-2.4.47.src.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 84f58dec00b60f2dc8fd1c9709291cc7

Autoconf (2.69) - 1,188 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.69.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 50f97f4159805e374639a73e2636f22e

Automake (1.14.1) - 1,489 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/automake

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/automake/automake-1.14.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 7fc29854c520f56b07aa232a0f880292

Bash (4.3) - 7,956 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/bash

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bash/bash-4.3.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 81348932d5da294953e15d4814c74dd1

Bc (1.06.95) - 284 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/bc/

Download: ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.95.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 5126a721b73f97d715bb72c13c889035

Binutils (2.24) - 22,717 KB:

Home page: http://sources.redhat.com/binutils

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/binutils/binutils-2.24.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: e0f71a7b2ddab0f8612336ac81d9636b

Bison (3.0.2) - 1,927 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/bison

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bison/bison-3.0.2.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 146be9ff9fbd27497f0bf2286a5a2082

Boot-scripts for CLFS (3.0-20140710) - 22 KB:

Download: http://cross-lfs.org/files/packages/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/boot-scripts-cross-lfs-3.0-20140710.tar.xz

MD5 sum: bac3e8a54e5ab124a2df0713dc4e4ca4

Bzip2 (1.0.6) - 764 KB:

Home page: http://www.bzip.org/

Download: http://www.bzip.org/1.0.6/bzip2-1.0.6.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 00b516f4704d4a7cb50a1d97e6e8e15b

Check (0.9.13) - 753 KB:

Home page: http://check.sourceforge.net/

Download: http://sourceforge.net/projects/check/files/check/0.9.13/check-0.9.13.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 95530868f81a9496b2518fd2b713008a

CLFS Network Scripts (20140224) - 22 KB:

Download: http://cross-lfs.org/files/clfs-network-scripts-20140224.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 831308d5e80bdaa3f494dc218ee43f78

ClooG (0.18.2) - 2,377 KB:

Home page: http://cloog.org

Download: http://www.bastoul.net/cloog/pages/download/cloog-0.18.2.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 69116aa6cd5e73f6b688d871875e1292

Coreutils (8.22) - 5,335 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/coreutils/coreutils-8.22.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 8fb0ae2267aa6e728958adc38f8163a2

D-Bus (1.8.6) - 1,824 KB:

Home page: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/dbus

Download: http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.8.6.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 6a08ba555d340e9dfe2d623b83c0eea8

DejaGNU (1.5.1) - 568 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/dejagnu

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.5.1.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 8386e04e362345f50ad169f052f4c4ab

DHCPCD (6.3.2) - 137 KB:

Home page: http://roy.marples.name/projects/dhcpcd

Download: http://roy.marples.name/downloads/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-6.3.2.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: bb7d8e8533161fbe0eee3b8830fdbdf4

Diffutils (3.3) - 1,172 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/diffutils

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/diffutils/diffutils-3.3.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 99180208ec2a82ce71f55b0d7389f1b3

E2fsprogs (1.42.9) - 4,656 KB:

Home page: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/v1.42.9/e2fsprogs-1.42.9.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 55cc59c587a7199fd9d93b2843842236

Eudev (1.7) - 1,756 KB:

Home page: http://www.gentoo.org/proj/en/eudev/

Download: http://dev.gentoo.org/~blueness/eudev/eudev-1.7.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 80649a0350ff9620fc2da9562d9f2a6a

Expat (2.1.0) - 556 KB:

Download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/expat/expat-2.1.0.tar.gz

MD5 sum: dd7dab7a5fea97d2a6a43f511449b7cd

Expect (5.45) - 616 KB:

Home page: http://expect.sourceforge.net

Download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/expect/Expect/5.45/expect5.45.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 44e1a4f4c877e9ddc5a542dfa7ecc92b

File (5.19) - 719 KB:

Home page: http://www.darwinsys.com/file

Download: ftp://ftp.astron.com/pub/file/file-5.19.tar.gz

MD5 sum: e3526f59023f3f7d1ffa4d541335edab

Note

File (5.19) may no longer be available at the listed location. The site administrators of the master download location occasionally remove older versions when new ones are released. An alternative download location that may have the correct version available is http://cross-lfs.org/files/packages/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/.

Findutils (4.4.2) - 2,100 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/findutils

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/findutils/findutils-4.4.2.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 351cc4adb07d54877fa15f75fb77d39f

Flex (2.5.39) - 1,612 KB:

Home page: http://flex.sourceforge.net

Download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/flex/flex-2.5.39.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 77d44c6bb8c0705e0017ab9a84a1502b

Gawk (4.1.1) - 2,197 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gawk

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gawk/gawk-4.1.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: a2a26543ce410eb74bc4a508349ed09a

GCC (4.8.3) - 84,108 KB:

Home page: http://gcc.gnu.org

Download: ftp://gcc.gnu.org/pub/gcc/releases/gcc-4.8.3/gcc-4.8.3.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 7c60f24fab389f77af203d2516ee110f

GDBM (1.11) - 812 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gdbm

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.11.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 72c832680cf0999caedbe5b265c8c1bd

Gettext (0.19.1) - 16,886 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.19.1.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 8949a57e82abe88274a93174ade515e4

Glibc (2.19) - 12,083 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/glibc/glibc-2.19.tar.xz

MD5 sum: e26b8cc666b162f999404b03970f14e4

GMP (6.0.0) - 1,904 KB:

Home page: http://gmplib.org/

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-6.0.0a.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 1e6da4e434553d2811437aa42c7f7c76

Gperf (3.0.4) - 968 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gperf

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.0.4.tar.gz

MD5 sum: c1f1db32fb6598d6a93e6e88796a8632

Grep (2.19) - 1,235 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/grep

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grep/grep-2.19.tar.xz

MD5 sum: ac732142227d9fe9567d71301e127979

Groff (1.22.2) - 3,928 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/groff

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/groff/groff-1.22.2.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 9f4cd592a5efc7e36481d8d8d8af6d16

Gzip (1.6) - 812 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/gzip.html

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/gzip-1.6.tar.xz

MD5 sum: da981f86677d58a106496e68de6f8995

Iana-Etc (2.30) - 204 KB:

Home page: http://www.archlinux.org/packages/core/any/iana-etc/

Download: http://ftp.cross-lfs.org/pub/clfs/conglomeration/iana-etc/iana-etc-2.30.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 3ba3afb1d1b261383d247f46cb135ee8

Intltool (0.50.2) - 192 KB:

Home page: http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/intltool

Download: http://launchpad.net/intltool/trunk/0.50.2/+download/intltool-0.50.2.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 23fbd879118253cb99aeac067da5f591

IPRoute2 (3.14.0) - 436 KB:

Home page: http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/iproute2

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/iproute2-3.14.0.tar.xz

MD5 sum: bd9d7567bbb987c88120669f5e1a1092

IPutils (s20121221) - 155 KB:

Home page: http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Iputils

Download: http://www.skbuff.net/iputils/iputils-s20121221.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 6072aef64205720dd1893b375e184171

ISL (0.12.2) - 1,171 KB:

Home page: http://freecode.com/projects/isl

Download: http://isl.gforge.inria.fr/isl-0.12.2.tar.lzma

MD5 sum: b7d59eb79d3884e14b9788cc396f7687

Kbd (2.0.1) - 951 KB:

Home page: http://kbd-project.org/

Download: http://kbd-project.org/download/kbd-2.0.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 55453cb09d90370005e696949092b8f6

Kmod (18) - 1,474 KB:

Home page: http://git.kernel.org/?p=utils/kernel/kmod/kmod.git;a=summary

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/kmod/kmod-18.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 82835c7f01983634e06ca72b4ee30cc6

Less (462) - 312 KB:

Home page: http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less

Download: http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/less-462.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 55a001838501ed8a129682de047960df

Libcap (2.24) - 68 KB:

Home page: http://sites.google.com/site/fullycapable/

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/libcap2/libcap-2.24.tar.xz

MD5 sum: d43ab9f680435a7fff35b4ace8d45b80

Libpipeline (1.3.0) - 787 KB:

Home page: http://libpipeline.nongnu.org/

Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/libpipeline/libpipeline-1.3.0.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 242428c01dca255cdcb2195073a9c6ed

Libtool (2.4.2) - 852 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtool/libtool-2.4.2.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 2ec8997e0c07249eb4cbd072417d70fe

Linux (3.14) - 78,399 KB:

Home page: http://www.kernel.org

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.0/linux-3.14.tar.xz

MD5 sum: b621207b3f6ecbb67db18b13258f8ea8

M4 (1.4.17) - 1,149 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/m4

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.17.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 12a3c829301a4fd6586a57d3fcf196dc

Make (4.0) - 1,342 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/make

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/make-4.0.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 571d470a7647b455e3af3f92d79f1c18

Man-DB (2.6.7.1) - 1,452 KB:

Download: http://cross-lfs.org/files/packages/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/man-db-2.6.7.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: ce7b697f8e8016a085d9f5975ae6c4fb

Man-pages (3.68) - 1,254 KB:

Home page: http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/man

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/docs/man-pages/man-pages-3.68.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 43965ed65b34aeff75767b162f97eb01

MPC (1.0.2) - 624 KB:

Home page: http://www.multiprecision.org/

Download: http://www.multiprecision.org/mpc/download/mpc-1.0.2.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 68fadff3358fb3e7976c7a398a0af4c3

MPFR (3.1.2) - 1,050 KB:

Home page: http://www.mpfr.org/

Download: http://www.mpfr.org/mpfr-3.1.2/mpfr-3.1.2.tar.xz

MD5 sum: e3d203d188b8fe60bb6578dd3152e05c

Ncurses (5.9) - 2,764 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ncurses

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/ncurses-5.9.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 8cb9c412e5f2d96bc6f459aa8c6282a1

Patch (2.7.1) - 668 KB:

Home page: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/patch

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/patch/patch-2.7.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: e9ae5393426d3ad783a300a338c09b72

Perl (5.20.0) - 13,770 KB:

Home page: http://www.perl.org

Download: http://www.cpan.org/src/5.0/perl-5.20.0.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 20cbecd4e9e880ee7a50a136c8b1484e

Pkg-config-lite (0.28-1) - 384 KB:

Home page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/pkgconfiglite

Download: http://sourceforge.net/projects/pkgconfiglite/files/0.28-1/pkg-config-lite-0.28-1.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 61f05feb6bab0a6bbfab4b6e3b2f44b6

Procps-ng (3.3.9) - 548 KB:

Home page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/procps-ng

Download: http://sourceforge.net/projects/procps-ng/files/Production/procps-ng-3.3.9.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 0980646fa25e0be58f7afb6b98f79d74

Psmisc (22.21) - 458 KB:

Home page: http://psmisc.sourceforge.net

Download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/psmisc/psmisc-22.21.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 935c0fd6eb208288262b385fa656f1bf

Readline (6.3) - 2,469 KB:

Home page: http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/readline/readline-6.3.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 33c8fb279e981274f485fd91da77e94a

Sed (4.2.2) - 1,036 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/sed

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sed/sed-4.2.2.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 7ffe1c7cdc3233e1e0c4b502df253974

Shadow (4.2.1) - 1,595 KB:

Home page: http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org

Download: http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/releases/shadow-4.2.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 2bfafe7d4962682d31b5eba65dba4fc8

Sysvinit (2.88dsf) - 104 KB:

Home page: http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/sysvinit

Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/sysvinit/sysvinit-2.88dsf.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 6eda8a97b86e0a6f59dabbf25202aa6f

Systemd (213) - 2,783 KB:

Home page: http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd

Download: http://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/systemd-213.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 06496edcf86ddf6d8c12d72ba78e735d

Tar (1.27.1) - 1,880 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/tar

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/tar/tar-1.27.1.tar.xz

MD5 sum: e0382a4064e09a4943f3adeff1435978

Tcl (8.6.1) - 8,756 KB:

Home page: http://www.tcl.tk

Download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.1-src.tar.gz

MD5 sum: aae4b701ee527c6e4e1a6f9c7399882e

Texinfo (5.2) - 3,813 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo-5.2.tar.xz

MD5 sum: cb489df8a7ee9d10a236197aefdb32c5

Time Zone Data (2014d) - 221 KB:

Home page: http://www.iana.org/time-zones

Download: http://www.iana.org/time-zones/repository/releases/tzdata2014d.tar.gz

MD5 sum: 299b86c0368ecfb321f15d5c408a1d9b

Util-linux (2.24.2) - 3,587 KB:

Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/v2.24/util-linux-2.24.2.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 3f191727a0d28f7204b755cf1b6ea0aa

Vim (7.4) - 9,843 KB:

Home page: http://www.vim.org

Download: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.4.tar.bz2

MD5 sum: 607e135c559be642f210094ad023dc65

XML::Parser (2.42_01) - 240 KB:

Home page: https://github.com/chorny/XML-Parser

Download: http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/T/TO/TODDR/XML-Parser-2.42_01.tar.gz

MD5 sum: a4650aebcc464bb91113c2c356da8210

XZ Utils (5.0.5) - 908 KB:

Home page: http://tukaani.org/xz/

Download: http://tukaani.org/xz/xz-5.0.5.tar.xz

MD5 sum: aa17280f4521dbeebed0fbd11cd7fa30

Zlib (1.2.8) - 440 KB:

Home page: http://www.zlib.net

Download: http://zlib.net/zlib-1.2.8.tar.xz

MD5 sum: 28f1205d8dd2001f26fec1e8c2cebe37

Note

Zlib (1.2.8) may no longer be available at the listed location. The site administrators of the master download location occasionally remove older versions when new ones are released. An alternative download location that may have the correct version available is http://cross-lfs.org/files/packages/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/.

Total size of these packages: about 327 MB

3.3. Additional Packages for x86_64

GRUB (2.00) - 5,020 KB:

Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/grub

Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub/grub-2.00.tar.xz

MD5 sum: a1043102fbc7bcedbf53e7ee3d17ab91

Total size of these packages: about 5 MB

3.4. Needed Patches

In addition to the packages, several patches are also required. These patches correct any mistakes in the packages that should be fixed by the maintainer. The patches also make small modifications to make the packages easier to work with. The following patches will be needed to build a CLFS system:

Bash Branch Update Patch - 129 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/bash-4.3-branch_update-5.patch

MD5 sum: 712a693471a88bcece45fa566f8b6c57

Coreutils Uname Patch - 4.9 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/coreutils-8.22-uname-1.patch

MD5 sum: 6eeba217c88ec83b807e305e594fe13d

Coreutils Noman Patch - 14 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/coreutils-8.22-noman-1.patch

MD5 sum: 6ed8f515391580e51f170a32af6fc7b9

GCC Branch Update Patch - 3.5 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/gcc-4.8.3-branch_update-1.patch

MD5 sum: ba8abbb0696f8e0d75eb26ae7c9ad219

Iana-Etc Protocol and Port Numbers Update - 282 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/iana-etc-2.30-numbers_update-20140202-2.patch.xz

MD5 sum: b0e7051fef0b3ba064209a5f3d23bd2a

IPUtils Fixes Patch - 158 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/iputils-s20121221-fixes-2.patch

MD5 sum: c2344acdd81607685886f617da7d66e0

Linux Sublevel Patch - 511 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/patch-3.14.21.xz

MD5 sum: 25debf3b5652cdd94df176cd4e36a9ed

MPFR Fixes Patch - 55 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/mpfr-3.1.2-fixes-4.patch

MD5 sum: b6c1c0dcbf7661298037eeb346a8669c

Ncurses Bash Patch - .743 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/ncurses-5.9-bash_fix-1.patch

MD5 sum: c6f7f2ab0ebaf7721ebeb266641352db

Ncurses Branch Update Patch - 2,492 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/ncurses-5.9-branch_update-4.patch

MD5 sum: c2b2dc2d31b02c218359e6218f12a72c

Readline Branch Update - 5.733 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/readline-6.3-branch_update-4.patch

MD5 sum: bb8d37fd00abc74a81563ebfcf64af4c

Systemd Compat Patch - 7.863 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/systemd-213-compat-1.patch

MD5 sum: 2a5816fdfc8bd2376a40c382004ad1ac

Sysvinit Tools Updates Patch - 2.339 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/sysvinit-2.88dsf-tools_updates-1.patch

MD5 sum: c3f6981c46868b68bfd58921570ea51f

Tar Man Page Patch - 7.924 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/tar-1.27.1-manpage-1.patch

MD5 sum: 68c86c67e67a5c074872a293818f361d

Vim Branch Update Patch - 3,547 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/vim-7.4-branch_update-7.patch

MD5 sum: 3c250be2ca0cf3e539a8f18c46c36eac

Total size of these patches: about 7 MB

In addition to the above required patches, there exist a number of optional patches created by the CLFS community. These optional patches solve minor problems or enable functionality that is not enabled by default. Feel free to peruse the patches database located at http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/ and acquire any additional patches to suit the system needs.

3.5. Additional Patches for x86_64

GCC Pure 64 Patch - 9.7 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/gcc-4.8.3-pure64-1.patch

MD5 sum: 96b7f0b29cfb3dd665be12269cde1139

GCC Specs Patch - 23 KB:

Download: http://patches.cross-lfs.org/3.0.0/SYSTEMD/gcc-4.8.3-pure64_specs-1.patch

MD5 sum: b950e79ec42d64fee0f823ce5c8a2ba4

Total size of these patches: about 32.7 KB

Chapter 4. Final Preparations

4.1. Introduction

In this chapter, we will perform a few additional tasks to prepare for building the cross-compile tools. We will create directories in ${CLFS} for the installation of the cross-toolchain and temporary system, add an unprivileged user to reduce risk, and create an appropriate build environment for that user.

4.2. Creating the ${CLFS}/tools Directory

All programs compiled in Constructing a Temporary System will be installed under ${CLFS}/tools to keep them separate from the programs compiled in Installing Basic System Software. The programs compiled here are temporary tools and will not be a part of the final CLFS system. By keeping these programs in a separate directory, they can easily be discarded later after their use. This also prevents these programs from ending up in the host production directories (easy to do by accident in Constructing a Temporary System).

Create the required directory by running the following as root:

install -dv ${CLFS}/tools

The next step is to create a /tools symlink on the host system. This will point to the newly-created directory on the CLFS partition. Run this command as root as well:

ln -sv ${CLFS}/tools /

Note

The above command is correct. The ln command has a few syntactic variations, so be sure to check info coreutils ln and ln(1) before reporting what you may think is an error.

The created symlink enables the toolchain to be compiled so that it always refers to /tools, meaning that the compiler, assembler, and linker will work. This will provide a common place for our temporary tools system.

4.3. Creating the ${CLFS}/cross-tools Directory

The cross-binutils and cross-compiler built in Constructing Cross-Compile Tools will be installed under ${CLFS}/cross-tools to keep them separate from the host programs. The programs compiled here are cross-tools and will not be a part of the final CLFS system or the temp-system. By keeping these programs in a separate directory, they can easily be discarded later after their use.

Create the required directory by running the following as root:

install -dv ${CLFS}/cross-tools

The next step is to create a /cross-tools symlink on the host system. This will point to the newly-created directory on the CLFS partition. Run this command as root as well:

ln -sv ${CLFS}/cross-tools /

4.4. Adding the CLFS User

When logged in as user root, making a single mistake can damage or destroy a system. Therefore, we recommend building the packages as an unprivileged user. You could use your own user name, but to make it easier to set up a clean work environment, create a new user called clfs as a member of a new group (also named clfs) and use this user during the installation process. As root, issue the following commands to add the new user:

groupadd clfs
useradd -s /bin/bash -g clfs -d /home/clfs clfs
mkdir -pv /home/clfs
chown -v clfs:clfs /home/clfs

The meaning of the command line options:

-s /bin/bash

This makes bash the default shell for user clfs.

Important

The build instructions assume that the bash shell is in use.

-g clfs

This option adds the new user to the clfs group.

-d /home/clfs

This option sets the user's home directory, but does not create it. We could have used -m to tell useradd to create the directory as well, but this would also copy the contents of the host system's /etc/skel directory into the new user's home. We would prefer to have a clean user environment, so we just create an empty directory after adding the user.

clfs

This is the actual name for the created group and user.

To log in as clfs (as opposed to switching to user clfs when logged in as root, which does not require the clfs user to have a password), give clfs a password:

passwd clfs

As root, grant clfs full access to ${CLFS}/cross-tools and ${CLFS}/tools by making clfs the directorys' owner:

chown -v clfs ${CLFS}/tools
chown -v clfs ${CLFS}/cross-tools

If a separate working directory was created as suggested, run the following command as root to give user clfs ownership of this directory as well:

chown -v clfs ${CLFS}/sources

Next, login as user clfs. This can be done via a virtual console, through a display manager, or with the following substitute user command:

su - clfs

The “-” instructs su to start a login shell as opposed to a non-login shell. The difference between these two types of shells can be found in detail in bash(1) and info bash.

Note

Until specified otherwise, all commands from this point on should be done as the clfs user.

4.5. Setting Up the Environment

Set up a good working environment by creating two new startup files for the bash shell. While logged in as user clfs, issue the following command to create a new .bash_profile:

cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"
exec env -i HOME=${HOME} TERM=${TERM} PS1='\u:\w\$ ' /bin/bash
EOF

When logged on as user clfs, the initial shell is usually a login shell which reads the /etc/profile of the host (probably containing some settings and environment variables) and then .bash_profile. The exec env -i.../bin/bash command in the .bash_profile file replaces the running shell with a new one with a completely empty environment, except for the HOME, TERM, and PS1 variables. This ensures that no unwanted and potentially hazardous environment variables from the host system leak into the build environment. The technique used here achieves the goal of ensuring a clean environment.

The new instance of the shell is a non-login shell, which does not read the /etc/profile or .bash_profile files, but rather reads the .bashrc file instead. Create the .bashrc file now:

cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
set +h
umask 022
CLFS=/mnt/clfs
LC_ALL=POSIX
PATH=/cross-tools/bin:/bin:/usr/bin
export CLFS LC_ALL PATH
unset CFLAGS CXXFLAGS
EOF

The set +h command turns off bash's hash function. Hashing is ordinarily a useful feature—bash uses a hash table to remember the full path of executable files to avoid searching the PATH time and again to find the same executable. However, the new tools should be used as soon as they are installed. By switching off the hash function, the shell will always search the PATH when a program is to be run. As such, the shell will find the newly compiled tools in /cross-tools as soon as they are available without remembering a previous version of the same program in a different location.

Setting the user file-creation mask (umask) to 022 ensures that newly created files and directories are only writable by their owner, but are readable and executable by anyone (assuming default modes are used by the open(2) system call, new files will end up with permission mode 644 and directories with mode 755).

The CLFS variable should be set to the chosen mount point.

The LC_ALL variable controls the localization of certain programs, making their messages follow the conventions of a specified country. Setting LC_ALL to “POSIX” or “C” (the two are equivalent) ensures that everything will work as expected in the temporary build environment.

By putting /cross-tools/bin at the beginning of the PATH, the cross-compiler built in Constructing Cross-Compile Tools will be picked up by the build process for the temp-system packages before anything that may be installed on the host. This, combined with turning off hashing, helps to ensure that you will be using the cross-compile tools to build the temp-system in /tools.

The CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS variables should not be set while building the temporary system, so we unset them.

Finally, to have the environment fully prepared for building the temporary tools, source the just-created user profile:

source ~/.bash_profile

4.6. Build Variables

Setting Host and Target

During the building of the cross-compile tools you will need to set a few variables that will be dependent on your particular needs. The first variable will be the triplet of the host machine, which will be put into the CLFS_HOST variable. To account for the possibility that the host and target are the same arch, as cross-compiling won't work when host and target are the same, part of the triplet needs to be changed slightly - in our case, we will change part of the triplet to "cross". Set CLFS_HOST using the following command:

export CLFS_HOST=$(echo ${MACHTYPE} | sed -e 's/-[^-]*/-cross/')

Now you will need to set the triplet for the target architecture. Set the target variable using the following command:

export CLFS_TARGET="x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu"

We will need to setup target-specific flags for the compiler and linker:

export BUILD64="-m64"
Copy settings to Environment

Now add the host and target variables, and compiler and linker flags, to ~/.bashrc, just in case you have to exit and restart building later:

cat >> ~/.bashrc << EOF
export CLFS_HOST="${CLFS_HOST}"
export CLFS_TARGET="${CLFS_TARGET}"
export BUILD64="${BUILD64}"
EOF

4.7. About the Test Suites

Most packages provide a test suite, usually a script or make target, which tests the just-compiled programs or libraries by executing or linking to them. Test suites are often useful for verifying that a package compiled correctly. However, they cannot be run while cross-compiling so we will not mention test suite commands for any packages until Installing Basic System Software.

Part III. Make the Cross-Compile Tools

Chapter 5. Constructing Cross-Compile Tools

5.1. Introduction

This chapter shows you how to create cross platform tools.

If for some reason you have to stop and come back later, remember to use the su - clfs command, and it will setup the build environment that you left.

5.1.1. Common Notes

Important

Before issuing the build instructions for a package, the package should be unpacked, and a cd into the created directory should be performed.

Several of the packages are patched before compilation, but only when the patch is needed to circumvent a problem. A patch is often needed in both this and the next chapters, but sometimes in only one or the other. Therefore, do not be concerned if instructions for a downloaded patch seem to be missing. Warning messages about offset or fuzz may also be encountered when applying a patch. Do not worry about these warnings, as the patch was still successfully applied.

During the compilation of most packages, there will be several warnings that scroll by on the screen. These are normal and can safely be ignored. These warnings are as they appear—warnings about deprecated, but not invalid, use of the C or C++ syntax. C standards change fairly often, and some packages still use the older standard. This is not a problem, but does prompt the warning.

Important

After installing each package, both in this and the next chapters, delete its source and build directories, unless specifically instructed otherwise. Deleting the sources prevents mis-configuration when the same package is reinstalled later.

5.2. File-5.19

The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.

5.2.1. Installation of File

One method that file uses for identifying a given file is to run “magic tests”, where it compares the file's contents to data in “magic files”, which contain information about a number of standard file formats. When File is compiled, it will run file -C to combine the information from the magic files in its source tree into a single magic.mgc file, which it will use after it is installed. When we build File in Constructing a Temporary System, it will be cross-compiled, so it will not be able to run the file program that it just built, which means that we need one that will run on the host system.

Prepare File for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --disable-static

The meaning of the configure options:

--prefix=/cross-tools

This tells the configure script to prepare to install the package in the /cross-tools directory.

--disable-static

This tells the File package not to compile or install static libraries, which are not needed for the Cross-Tools

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.43.2, “Contents of File.”

5.3. Linux-3.14.21 Headers

The Linux Kernel contains a make target that installs “sanitized” kernel headers.

5.3.1. Installation of Linux Headers

Note

For this step you will need to unpack the kernel tarball (linux-3.14.tar.xz) and cd into its source directory before entering the commands on this page.

Apply the latest Linux sublevel patch:

xzcat ../patch-3.14.21.xz | patch -Np1 -i -

Install the kernel header files:

make mrproper
make ARCH=x86_64 headers_check
make ARCH=x86_64 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/tools headers_install

The meaning of the make commands:

make mrproper

Ensures that the kernel source dir is clean.

make ARCH=x86_64 headers_check

Sanitizes the raw kernel headers so that they can be used by userspace programs.

make ARCH=x86_64 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/tools headers_install

This will install the kernel headers into /tools/include.

Details on this package are located in Section 10.5.2, “Contents of Linux Headers.”

5.4. M4-1.4.17

The M4 package contains a macro processor.

5.4.1. Installation of M4

M4 is required to build GMP. We will compile and install an m4 program into /cross-tools, so that we have a known-good version which can be used to build GMP, both in Cross-Tools and the Temporary System.

Prepare M4 for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/cross-tools

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.9.2, “Contents of M4.”

5.5. Ncurses-5.9

The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.

5.5.1. Installation of Ncurses

When Ncurses is compiled, it executes tic to create a terminfo database in ${prefix}/share/terminfo. If possible, the Makefile will use the tic binary that was just compiled in its source tree, but this does not work when Ncurses is cross-compiled. To allow the Ncurses build in Constructing a Temporary System to succeed, we will build and install a tic program that can be run on the host system.

The following patch fixes an issue with some Bash versions:

patch -Np1 -i ../ncurses-5.9-bash_fix-1.patch

Prepare Ncurses for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/cross-tools \
    --without-debug --without-shared

The meaning of the new configure options:

--without-debug

Tells Ncurses to build without debugging information.

--without-shared

This prevents Ncurses from building its shared libraries, which are not needed at this time.

Only one binary is needed for the Cross-Tools. Build the headers and then build tic:

make -C include
make -C progs tic

Install tic with the following command:

install -v -m755 progs/tic /cross-tools/bin

Details on this package are located in Section 10.24.2, “Contents of Ncurses.”

5.6. Pkg-config-lite-0.28-1

Pkg-config-lite is a tool to help you insert the correct compiler options on the command line when compiling applications and libraries.

5.6.1. Installation of Pkg-config-lite

Several packages in the temporary system will use pkg-config to find various required and optional dependencies. Unfortunately, this could result in those packages finding libraries on the host system and trying to link against them, which will not work. To avoid this problem, we will install a pkg-config binary in /cross-tools and configure it so that it will look for Pkg-config files only in /tools.

Prepare Pkg-config-lite for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --host=${CLFS_TARGET}\
    --with-pc-path=/tools/lib/pkgconfig:/tools/share/pkgconfig

The meaning of the new configure option:

--host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Several packages that we will cross-compile later will try to search for ${CLFS_TARGET}-pkg-config. Setting this option ensures that Pkg-config-lite will create a hard link in /cross-tools/bin with this name, so that it will be used instead of any similarly-named program that might exist on the host.

--with-pc-path

This sets the default PKG_CONFIG_PATH to /tools/lib/pkgconfig and /tools/share/pkgconfig.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.23.2, “Contents of Pkg-config-lite.”

5.7. GMP-6.0.0

GMP is a library for arithmetic on arbitrary precision integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.

5.7.1. Installation of GMP

This package and the next two - MPFR and MPC - will be installed into /cross-tools because GCC requires them to build.

Note

If you are building with a host which has 32-bit user-space with a 64-bit capable CPU, cross-tools GMP will attempt to link with 64-bit libraries. Add the following variable during configure to force GMP's ABI: ./configure ABI=32

Prepare GMP for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --enable-cxx \
    --disable-static

The meaning of the new configure option:

--enable-cxx

This tells GMP to enable C++ support.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.10.2, “Contents of GMP.”

5.8. MPFR-3.1.2

The MPFR library is a C library for multiple-precision floating-point computations with correct rounding.

5.8.1. Installation of MPFR

Apply a patch with upstream fixes:

patch -Np1 -i ../mpfr-3.1.2-fixes-4.patch

Prepare MPFR for compilation:

LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
./configure --prefix=/cross-tools \
    --disable-static --with-gmp=/cross-tools

The meaning of the new configure options:

LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib"

This tells configure to search in /cross-tools for libraries.

--with-gmp=/cross-tools

This tells configure where to find GMP.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.11.2, “Contents of MPFR.”

5.9. MPC-1.0.2

MPC is a C library for the arithmetic of complex numbers with arbitrarily high precision and correct rounding of the result.

5.9.1. Installation of MPC

Prepare MPC for compilation:

LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --disable-static \
    --with-gmp=/cross-tools --with-mpfr=/cross-tools

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.12.2, “Contents of MPC.”

5.10. ISL-0.12.2

ISL is a library for manipulating sets and relations of integer points bounded by linear constraints.

5.10.1. Installation of ISL

We will install ISL and CLooG to enable extra functionality for GCC. They are not strictly required, but GCC can link to them to enable its new loop generation feature called Graphite.

Prepare ISL for compilation:

LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --disable-static \
    --with-gmp-prefix=/cross-tools

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.13.2, “Contents of ISL.”

5.11. CLooG-0.18.2

CLooG is a library to generate code for scanning Z-polyhedra. In other words, it finds code that reaches each integral point of one or more parameterized polyhedra. GCC links with this library in order to enable the new loop generation code known as Graphite.

5.11.1. Installation of CLooG

Prepare CLooG for compilation:

LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
    ./configure --prefix=/cross-tools --disable-static \
    --with-gmp-prefix=/cross-tools --with-isl-prefix=/cross-tools

Apply a sed which prevents the attempted installation of an invalid file:

cp -v Makefile{,.orig}
sed '/cmake/d' Makefile.orig > Makefile

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.14.2, “Contents of CLooG.”

5.12. Cross Binutils-2.24

The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.

5.12.1. Installation of Cross Binutils

It is important that Binutils be compiled before Glibc and GCC because both Glibc and GCC perform various tests on the available linker and assembler to determine which of their own features to enable.

The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../binutils-build
cd ../binutils-build

Prepare Binutils for compilation:

AR=ar AS=as ../binutils-2.24/configure \
    --prefix=/cross-tools --host=${CLFS_HOST} --target=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --with-sysroot=${CLFS} --with-lib-path=/tools/lib --disable-nls \
    --disable-static --enable-64-bit-bfd --disable-multilib --disable-werror

The meaning of the new configure options:

AR=ar AS=as

This prevents Binutils from compiling with ${CLFS_HOST}-ar and ${CLFS_HOST}-as as they are provided by this package and therefore not installed yet.

--host=${CLFS_HOST}

When used with --target, this creates a cross-architecture executable that creates files for ${CLFS_TARGET} but runs on ${CLFS_HOST}.

--target=${CLFS_TARGET}

When used with --host, this creates a cross-architecture executable that creates files for ${CLFS_TARGET} but runs on ${CLFS_HOST}.

--with-sysroot=${CLFS}

Tells configure to build a linker that uses ${CLFS} as its root directory for its search paths.

--with-lib-path=/tools/lib

This tells the configure script to specify the library search path during the compilation of Binutils, resulting in /tools/lib being passed to the linker. This prevents the linker from searching through library directories on the host.

--disable-nls

This disables internationalization as i18n is not needed for the cross-compile tools.

--disable-multilib

This option disables the building of a multilib capable Binutils.

--enable-64-bit-bfd

This adds 64 bit support to Binutils.

--disable-werror

This prevents the build from stopping in the event that there are warnings from the host's compiler.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.18.2, “Contents of Binutils.”

5.13. Cross GCC-4.8.3 - Static

The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.

5.13.1. Installation of Cross GCC Compiler with Static libgcc and no Threads

Here we will compile GCC, as a cross-compiler that will create executables for our target architecture, statically so that it will not need to look for Glibc's startfiles, which do not yet exist in /tools. We will use this cross-compiler, plus the cross-linker we have just installed with Binutils, to compile Glibc. After Glibc is installed into /tools, we can rebuild GCC so that it will then be able to build executables that link against the libraries in /tools.

The following patch contains a number of updates to the 4.8.3 branch by the GCC developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-branch_update-1.patch

Make a couple of essential adjustments to GCC's specs to ensure GCC uses our build environment:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-pure64_specs-1.patch

Change the StartFile Spec so that GCC looks in /tools:

echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/tools/lib/"\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h
echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h

We will create a dummy limits.h so the build will not use the one provided by the host distro:

touch /tools/include/limits.h

The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../gcc-build
cd ../gcc-build

Prepare GCC for compilation:

AR=ar LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
    ../gcc-4.8.3/configure --prefix=/cross-tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_HOST} --target=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --with-sysroot=${CLFS} --with-local-prefix=/tools \
    --with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include --disable-nls \
    --disable-shared --with-mpfr=/cross-tools --with-gmp=/cross-tools \
    --with-isl=/cross-tools --with-cloog=/cross-tools --with-mpc=/cross-tools \
    --without-headers --with-newlib --disable-decimal-float --disable-libgomp \
    --disable-libmudflap --disable-libssp --disable-libatomic --disable-libitm \
    --disable-libsanitizer --disable-libquadmath --disable-threads \
    --disable-multilib --disable-target-zlib --with-system-zlib \
    --enable-languages=c --enable-checking=release

The meaning of the new configure options:

--build=${CLFS_HOST}

This specifies the system on which the cross-compiler is being built.

--with-local-prefix=/tools

The purpose of this switch is to remove /usr/local/include from gcc's include search path. This is not absolutely essential, however, it helps to minimize the influence of the host system.

--with-native-system-headers-dir=/tools/include

This switch ensures that GCC will search for the system headers in /tools/include and that host system headers will not be searched.

--disable-shared

This tells GCC not to create a shared library.

--without-headers

Disables GCC from using the target's Libc when cross compiling.

--with-newlib

This causes GCC to enable the inhibit_libc flag, which prevents libgcc from building code that uses libc support.

--disable-decimal-float

Disables support for the C decimal floating point extension.

--disable-lib*

These options prevent GCC from building a number of libraries that are not needed at this time.

--disable-threads

This will prevent GCC from looking for the multi-thread include files, since they haven't been created for this architecture yet. GCC will be able to find the multi-thread information after the Glibc headers are created.

--disable-target-zlib

This tells GCC not to build the copy of Zlib in its source tree.

--with-system-zlib

This tells GCC to link to the system-installed zlib instead of the one in its source tree.

--enable-languages=c

This option ensures that only the C compiler is built.

--enable-checking=release

This option selects the complexity of the internal consistency checks and adds error checking within the compiler.

Continue with compiling the package:

make all-gcc all-target-libgcc

The meaning of the new make options:

all-gcc all-target-libgcc

Compiles only the parts of GCC that are needed at this time, rather than the full package.

Install the package:

make install-gcc install-target-libgcc

Details on this package are located in Section 10.19.2, “Contents of GCC.”

5.14. Glibc-2.19

The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.

5.14.1. Installation of Glibc

It should be noted that compiling Glibc in any way other than the method suggested in this book puts the stability of the system at risk.

Apply the following sed so the tzselect script works properly:

cp -v timezone/Makefile{,.orig}
sed 's/\\$$(pwd)/`pwd`/' timezone/Makefile.orig > timezone/Makefile

The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../glibc-build
cd ../glibc-build

Add the following to config.cache to disable ssp when building Glibc:

echo "libc_cv_ssp=no" > config.cache

Prepare Glibc for compilation:

BUILD_CC="gcc" CC="${CLFS_TARGET}-gcc ${BUILD64}" \
      AR="${CLFS_TARGET}-ar" RANLIB="${CLFS_TARGET}-ranlib" \
      ../glibc-2.19/configure --prefix=/tools \
      --host=${CLFS_TARGET} --build=${CLFS_HOST} \
      --disable-profile --enable-kernel=2.6.32 \
      --with-binutils=/cross-tools/bin --with-headers=/tools/include \
      --enable-obsolete-rpc --cache-file=config.cache

The meaning of the new configure options:

BUILD_CC="gcc"

This sets Glibc to use the current compiler on our system. This is used to create the tools Glibc uses during its build.

CC="${CLFS_TARGET}-gcc ${BUILD64}"

Forces Glibc to build using our target architecture GCC utilizing the 64 Bit flags.

AR="${CLFS_TARGET}-ar"

This forces Glibc to use the ar utility we made for our target architecture.

RANLIB="${CLFS_TARGET}-ranlib"

This forces Glibc to use the ranlib utility we made for our target architecture.

--disable-profile

This builds the libraries without profiling information. Omit this option if profiling on the temporary tools is necessary.

--enable-kernel=2.6.32

This tells Glibc to compile the library with support for 2.6.32 and later Linux kernels.

--with-binutils=/cross-tools/bin

This tells Glibc to use the Binutils that are specific to our target architecture.

--with-headers=/tools/include

This tells Glibc to compile itself against the headers recently installed to the /tools directory, so that it knows exactly what features the kernel has and can optimize itself accordingly.

--enable-obsolete-rpc

This tells Glibc to install rpc headers that are not installed by default but may be needed by other packages.

--cache-file=config.cache

This tells Glibc to utilize a premade cache file.

During this stage the following warning might appear:

configure: WARNING:
*** These auxiliary programs are missing or
*** incompatible versions: msgfmt
*** some features will be disabled.
*** Check the INSTALL file for required versions.

The missing or incompatible msgfmt program is generally harmless. This msgfmt program is part of the Gettext package which the host distribution should provide. You might also see a similar (also harmless) message about missing autoconf.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.7.5, “Contents of Glibc.”

5.15. Cross GCC-4.8.3 - Final

The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.

5.15.1. Installation of GCC Cross Compiler

The following patch contains a number of updates to the 4.8.3 branch by the GCC developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-branch_update-1.patch

Make a couple of essential adjustments to GCC's specs to ensure GCC uses our build environment:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-pure64_specs-1.patch

Change the StartFile Spec so that GCC looks in /tools:

echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/tools/lib/"\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h
echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h

The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../gcc-build
cd ../gcc-build

Prepare GCC for compilation:

AR=ar LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,/cross-tools/lib" \
    ../gcc-4.8.3/configure --prefix=/cross-tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --target=${CLFS_TARGET} --host=${CLFS_HOST} \
    --with-sysroot=${CLFS} --with-local-prefix=/tools \
    --with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include --disable-nls \
    --disable-static --enable-languages=c,c++ --enable-__cxa_atexit \
    --enable-threads=posix --disable-multilib \
    --with-mpc=/cross-tools --with-mpfr=/cross-tools --with-gmp=/cross-tools \
    --with-cloog=/cross-tools --with-isl=/cross-tools --with-system-zlib \
    --enable-checking=release --enable-libstdcxx-time

The meaning of the new configure options:

--enable-languages=c,c++

This option ensures that only the C and C++ compilers are built.

--enable-__cxa_atexit

This option allows use of __cxa_atexit, rather than atexit, to register C++ destructors for local statics and global objects and is essential for fully standards-compliant handling of destructors. It also affects the C++ ABI and therefore results in C++ shared libraries and C++ programs that are interoperable with other Linux distributions.

--enable-threads=posix

This enables C++ exception handling for multi-threaded code.

--enable-libstdcxx-time

This enables link-time checks for the availability of clock_gettime clocks, and nanosleep and sched_yield functions, in the C library.

Continue with compiling the package:

make AS_FOR_TARGET="${CLFS_TARGET}-as" \
    LD_FOR_TARGET="${CLFS_TARGET}-ld"

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.19.2, “Contents of GCC.”

Part IV. Building the Basic Tools

Chapter 6. Constructing a Temporary System

6.1. Introduction

This chapter shows how to compile and install a minimal Linux system. This system will contain just enough tools to start constructing the final CLFS system in Installing Basic System Software and allow a working environment with more user convenience than a minimum environment would.

The tools in this chapter are cross-compiled using the toolchain in /cross-tools and will be installed under the ${CLFS}/tools directory to keep them separate from the files installed in Installing Basic System Software and the host production directories. Since the packages compiled here are temporary, we do not want them to pollute the soon-to-be CLFS system.

Check one last time that the CLFS environment variable is set up properly:

echo ${CLFS}

Make sure the output shows the path to the CLFS partition's mount point, which is /mnt/clfs, using our example.

During this section of the build you will see several WARNING messages like the ones below. It is safe to ignore these messages.

configure: WARNING: result yes guessed because of cross compilation
configure: WARNING: cannot check WCONTINUED if cross compiling -- defaulting to no

6.2. Build Variables

Setup target-specific variables for the compiler and linkers:

export CC="${CLFS_TARGET}-gcc ${BUILD64}"
export CXX="${CLFS_TARGET}-g++ ${BUILD64}"
export AR="${CLFS_TARGET}-ar"
export AS="${CLFS_TARGET}-as"
export RANLIB="${CLFS_TARGET}-ranlib"
export LD="${CLFS_TARGET}-ld"
export STRIP="${CLFS_TARGET}-strip"

The meaning of the new configure options:

CXX="${CXX} ${BUILD64}"

This forces the C++ compiler to use our 64 Bit flags.

Then add the build variables to ~/.bashrc to prevent issues if you stop and come back later:

echo export CC=\""${CC}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export CXX=\""${CXX}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export AR=\""${AR}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export AS=\""${AS}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export RANLIB=\""${RANLIB}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export LD=\""${LD}\"" >> ~/.bashrc
echo export STRIP=\""${STRIP}\"" >> ~/.bashrc

6.3. GMP-6.0.0

GMP is a library for arithmetic on arbitrary precision integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.

6.3.1. Installation of GMP

As with the Cross-Tools, we will compile GMP, MPFR, MPC, ISL, and CLooG so that GCC can use them, though this time we will cross-compile them into /tools.

Prepare GMP for compilation:

CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc ./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --enable-cxx

The meaning of the new configure option:

CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc

Tells configure to use the host's gcc instead of our cross-compiler to build native tools it needs while compiling.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.10.2, “Contents of GMP.”

6.4. MPFR-3.1.2

The MPFR library is a C library for multiple-precision floating-point computations with correct rounding.

6.4.1. Installation of MPFR

Apply a patch with upstream fixes:

patch -Np1 -i ../mpfr-3.1.2-fixes-4.patch

Prepare MPFR for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.11.2, “Contents of MPFR.”

6.5. MPC-1.0.2

MPC is a C library for the arithmetic of complex numbers with arbitrarily high precision and correct rounding of the result.

6.5.1. Installation of MPC

Prepare MPC for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.12.2, “Contents of MPC.”

6.6. ISL-0.12.2

ISL is a library for manipulating sets and relations of integer points bounded by linear constraints.

6.6.1. Installation of ISL

Prepare ISL for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.13.2, “Contents of ISL.”

6.7. CLooG-0.18.2

CLooG is a library to generate code for scanning Z-polyhedra. In other words, it finds code that reaches each integral point of one or more parameterized polyhedra. GCC links with this library in order to enable the new loop generation code known as Graphite.

6.7.1. Installation of CLooG

Prepare CLooG for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --with-isl=system

The meaning of the new configure option:

--with-isl=system

This ensures that CLooG will use the version of Isl that was just installed into /tools, rather than the copy in its own source tree.

Apply a sed which prevents the attempted installation of an invalid file:

cp -v Makefile{,.orig}
sed '/cmake/d' Makefile.orig > Makefile

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.14.2, “Contents of CLooG.”

6.8. Zlib-1.2.8

The Zlib package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.

6.8.1. Installation of Zlib

Several packages in the temporary system use Zlib, including Binutils, GCC, and Util-linux, so we will add it to /tools.

Prepare Zlib for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.15.2, “Contents of Zlib.”

6.9. Binutils-2.24

The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.

6.9.1. Installation of Binutils

The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../binutils-build
cd ../binutils-build

Prepare Binutils for compilation:

../binutils-2.24/configure \
    --prefix=/tools --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --target=${CLFS_TARGET} --with-lib-path=/tools/lib --disable-nls \
    --enable-shared --enable-64-bit-bfd --disable-multilib

The meaning of the new configure option:

--enable-shared

When this is specified, Binutils will create a shared libbfd and link its programs to it.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.18.2, “Contents of Binutils.”

6.10. GCC-4.8.3

The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.

6.10.1. Installation of GCC

The following patch contains a number of updates to the 4.8.3 branch by the GCC developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-branch_update-1.patch

Make a couple of essential adjustments to GCC's specs to ensure GCC uses our build environment:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-pure64_specs-1.patch

Change the StartFile Spec so that GCC looks in /tools:

echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/tools/lib/"\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h
echo -en '\n#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2\n#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""\n' >> gcc/config/linux.h

Apply a sed substitution that will suppress the execution of the fixincludes script:

cp -v gcc/Makefile.in{,.orig}
sed 's@\./fixinc\.sh@-c true@' gcc/Makefile.in.orig > gcc/Makefile.in

The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../gcc-build
cd ../gcc-build

Before starting to build GCC, remember to unset any environment variables that override the default optimization flags.

Prepare GCC for compilation:

../gcc-4.8.3/configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} --target=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --with-local-prefix=/tools --disable-multilib --disable-nls \
    --enable-languages=c,c++ --disable-libstdcxx-pch --with-system-zlib \
    --with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include --disable-libssp \
    --enable-checking=release --enable-libstdcxx-time

The meaning of the new configure option:

--disable-libstdcxx-pch

Do not build the pre-compiled header (PCH) for libstdc++. It takes up a lot of space, and we have no use for it.

The following will prevent GCC from looking in the wrong directories for headers and libraries:

cp -v Makefile{,.orig}
sed "/^HOST_\(GMP\|ISL\|CLOOG\)\(LIBS\|INC\)/s:/tools:/cross-tools:g" \
    Makefile.orig > Makefile

Compile the package:

make AS_FOR_TARGET="${AS}" \
    LD_FOR_TARGET="${LD}"

Install the package:

make install

Install the libiberty header file that is needed by some packages:

cp -v ../gcc-4.8.3/include/libiberty.h /tools/include

Details on this package are located in Section 10.19.2, “Contents of GCC.”

6.11. Ncurses-5.9

The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.

6.11.1. Installation of Ncurses

We will need Ncurses for several other packages in the temporary environment, including Bash, Util-linux, and Vim.

The following patch fixes an issue with some Bash versions:

patch -Np1 -i ../ncurses-5.9-bash_fix-1.patch

Prepare Ncurses for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools --with-shared \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --without-debug --without-ada \
    --enable-overwrite --with-build-cc=gcc

The meaning of the new configure options:

--with-shared

This tells Ncurses to create a shared library.

--without-debug

This tells Ncurses not to build with debug information.

--without-ada

This ensures that Ncurses does not build support for the Ada compiler which may be present on the host but will not be available when building the final system.

--enable-overwrite

This tells Ncurses to install its header files into /tools/include, instead of /tools/include/ncurses, to ensure that other packages can find the Ncurses headers successfully.

--with-build-cc=gcc

This tells Ncurses which compiler to use to build native tools when cross-compiling.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.24.2, “Contents of Ncurses.”

6.12. Bash-4.3

The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again SHell.

6.12.1. Installation of Bash

The following patch contains updates from the maintainer. The maintainer of Bash only releases these patches to fix serious issues:

patch -Np1 -i ../bash-4.3-branch_update-5.patch

When Bash is cross-compiled, it cannot test for the presence of named pipes, among other things. If you used su to become an unprivileged user, this combination will cause Bash to build without process substitution, which will break one of the C++ test scripts in glibc. The following prevents future problems by skipping the check for named pipes, as well as other tests that can not run while cross-compiling or that do not run properly:

cat > config.cache << "EOF"
ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
ac_cv_func_strcoll_works=yes
ac_cv_func_working_mktime=yes
bash_cv_func_sigsetjmp=present
bash_cv_getcwd_malloc=yes
bash_cv_job_control_missing=present
bash_cv_printf_a_format=yes
bash_cv_sys_named_pipes=present
bash_cv_ulimit_maxfds=yes
bash_cv_under_sys_siglist=yes
bash_cv_unusable_rtsigs=no
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes
EOF

Prepare Bash for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --without-bash-malloc --cache-file=config.cache

The meaning of the new configure option:

--without-bash-malloc

This option turns off the use of Bash's memory allocation (malloc) function which is known to cause segmentation faults. By turning this option off, Bash will use the malloc functions from Glibc which are more stable.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.40.2, “Contents of Bash.”

6.13. Bzip2-1.0.6

The Bzip2 package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with bzip2 yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.

6.13.1. Installation of Bzip2

Bzip2's default Makefile target automatically runs the test suite as well. Disable the tests since they won't work on a multi-architecture build:

cp -v Makefile{,.orig}
sed -e 's@^\(all:.*\) test@\1@g' Makefile.orig > Makefile

The Bzip2 package does not contain a configure script. Compile it with:

make CC="${CC}" AR="${AR}" RANLIB="${RANLIB}"

Install the package:

make PREFIX=/tools install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.34.2, “Contents of Bzip2.”

6.14. Check-0.9.13

The Check package is a unit testing framework for C.

6.14.1. Installation of Check

We will install Check into /tools to satisfy a dependency on it for Kbd and Libpipeline in the final system.

Prepare Check for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Build the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

6.14.2. Contents of Check

Installed program: checkmk
Installed library: libcheck.{a,so}

Short Descriptions

checkmk

Awk script for generating C unit tests for use with the C the Check unit testing framework

libcheck.{a,so}

Contains functions that allow Check to be called from a test program

6.15. Coreutils-8.22

The Coreutils package contains utilities for showing and setting the basic system characteristics.

6.15.1. Installation of Coreutils

Configure can not properly determine how to get free space when cross-compiling - as a result, the df program will not be built. Add the following entries to config.cache to correct this, and fix various cross-compiling issues:

cat > config.cache << EOF
fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes
gl_cv_func_working_mkstemp=yes
EOF

Apply a patch to prevent Coreutils from generating manpages :

patch -Np1 -i ../coreutils-8.22-noman-1.patch

Prepare Coreutils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --enable-install-program=hostname --cache-file=config.cache

The meaning of the new configure option:

--enable-install-program=hostname

Tells Coreutils to install hostname, which is needed for the Perl test suite.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.30.2, “Contents of Coreutils.”

6.16. Diffutils-3.3

The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.

6.16.1. Installation of Diffutils

Prepare Diffutils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.42.2, “Contents of Diffutils.”

6.17. File-5.19

The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.

6.17.1. Installation of File

Prepare File for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.43.2, “Contents of File.”

6.18. Findutils-4.4.2

The Findutils package contains programs to find files. These programs are provided to recursively search through a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable if the database has not been recently updated).

6.18.1. Installation of Findutils

The following cache entries set the values for tests that do not run while cross-compiling:

echo "gl_cv_func_wcwidth_works=yes" > config.cache
echo "ac_cv_func_fnmatch_gnu=yes" >> config.cache

Prepare Findutils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --cache-file=config.cache

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.45.2, “Contents of Findutils.”

6.19. Gawk-4.1.1

The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.

6.19.1. Installation of Gawk

Prepare Gawk for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.44.2, “Contents of Gawk.”

6.20. Gettext-0.19.1

The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.

6.20.1. Installation of Gettext

Many packages' installation procedures use the msgfmt program for i18n support, so we will compile and install it into /tools. Attr also needs msgmerge and xgettext, so we will install those as well.

Only the programs in the gettext-tools directory need to be installed for the temp-system:

cd gettext-tools

When cross-compiling, the Gettext configure script assumes we don't have a working wcwidth even when we do. The following will fix possible compilation errors because of this assumption:

echo "gl_cv_func_wcwidth_works=yes" > config.cache

Prepare Gettext for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --disable-shared --cache-file=config.cache

Compile the required programs and support library:

make -C gnulib-lib
make -C src msgfmt msgmerge xgettext

Install the msgfmt, msgmerge and xgettext binaries:

cp -v src/{msgfmt,msgmerge,xgettext} /tools/bin

Details on this package are located in Section 10.46.2, “Contents of Gettext.”

6.21. Grep-2.19

The Grep package contains programs for searching through files.

6.21.1. Installation of Grep

Prepare Grep for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --without-included-regex

The meaning of the new configure option:

--without-included-regex

When cross-compiling, Grep's configure assumes there is no usable regex.h installed and instead uses the one included with Grep. This switch forces the use of the regex functions from Glibc.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.48.2, “Contents of Grep.”

6.22. Gzip-1.6

The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.

6.22.1. Installation of Gzip

Prepare Gzip for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.51.2, “Contents of Gzip.”

6.23. Make-4.0

The Make package contains a program for compiling packages.

6.23.1. Installation of Make

Prepare Make for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.56.2, “Contents of Make.”

6.24. Patch-2.7.1

The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.

6.24.1. Installation of Patch

Prepare Patch for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.62.2, “Contents of Patch.”

6.25. Sed-4.2.2

The Sed package contains a stream editor.

6.25.1. Installation of Sed

Prepare Sed for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.22.2, “Contents of Sed.”

6.26. Tar-1.27.1

The Tar package contains an archiving program.

6.26.1. Installation of Tar

Configure can not properly determine the results of a few tests. Set them manually:

cat > config.cache << EOF
gl_cv_func_wcwidth_works=yes
gl_cv_func_btowc_eof=yes
ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=yes
gl_cv_func_mbrtowc_incomplete_state=yes
gl_cv_func_mbrtowc_nul_retval=yes
gl_cv_func_mbrtowc_null_arg1=yes
gl_cv_func_mbrtowc_null_arg2=yes
gl_cv_func_mbrtowc_retval=yes
gl_cv_func_wcrtomb_retval=yes
EOF

Prepare Tar for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --cache-file=config.cache

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.66.2, “Contents of Tar.”

6.27. Texinfo-5.2

The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.

6.27.1. Installation of Texinfo

Prepare Texinfo for compilation:

PERL=/usr/bin/perl ./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

The meaning of the new configure option:

PERL=/usr/bin/perl

This forces Texinfo to use /usr/bin as the location of perl, as some host systems may have it in /bin.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.67.2, “Contents of Texinfo.”

6.28. Util-linux-2.24.2

The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.

6.28.1. Installation of Util-linux

Prepare Util-linux for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --disable-makeinstall-chown --disable-makeinstall-setuid

The meaning of the new configure option:

--disable-makeinstall-chown

This prevents Util-linux from trying to perform any chown commands when it is installed.

--disable-makeinstall-setuid

This prevents Util-linux from enabling the setuid bit on any of its installed programs.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.26.3, “Contents of Util-linux.”

6.29. Vim-7.4

The Vim package contains a powerful text editor.

6.29.1. Installation of VIM

We will cross-compile Vim so that we can have a text editor in /tools. Vim is not technically necessary in the temporary system, in that it is not there to satisfy any package dependencies in the final system, but we believe that a text editor is an extremely useful tool to have there.

The following patch merges all updates from the 7.4 Branch from the Vim developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.4-branch_update-7.patch

The configure script is full of logic that aborts at the first sign of cross compiling. Work around this by setting the cached values of several tests with the following command:

cat > src/auto/config.cache << "EOF"
vim_cv_getcwd_broken=no
vim_cv_memmove_handles_overlap=yes
vim_cv_stat_ignores_slash=no
vim_cv_terminfo=yes
vim_cv_toupper_broken=no
vim_cv_tty_group=world
EOF

Change the default location of the vimrc configuration file to /tools/etc:

echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/tools/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h

Prepare Vim for compilation:

./configure --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --prefix=/tools --enable-gui=no --disable-gtktest --disable-xim \
    --disable-gpm --without-x --disable-netbeans --with-tlib=ncurses

The meaning of the new configure options:

--enable-gui=no --disable-gtktest --disable-xim --disable-gpm --without-x --disable-netbeans

These options prevent Vim from trying to link to libraries that might be on the host but won't exist inside the temporary build environment.

--with-tlib=ncurses

Tells Vim to use Ncurses as its terminal library.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Many users are accustomed to using vi instead of vim. Some programs, such as vigr and vipw, also use vi. Create a symlink to permit execution of vim when users habitually enter vi and allow programs that use vi to work:

ln -sv vim /tools/bin/vi

Create a temporary vimrc to make it function more the way you may expect it to. This is explained more in the final system:

cat > /tools/etc/vimrc << "EOF"
" Begin /tools/etc/vimrc

set nocompatible
set backspace=2
set ruler
syntax on

" End /tools/etc/vimrc
EOF

Details on this package are located in Section 10.68.3, “Contents of Vim.”

6.30. XZ Utils-5.0.5

The XZ Utils package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with XZ Utils yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.

6.30.1. Installation of XZ Utils

Prepare XZ Utils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET}

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.57.2, “Contents of XZ Utils.”

6.31. To Boot or to Chroot?

There are two different ways you can proceed from this point to build the final system. You can build a kernel, a bootloader, and a few other utilities, boot into the temporary system, and build the rest there. Alternatively, you can mount a few virtual filesystems and chroot into the temporary system.

The chroot (change root) program is used to enter a virtual environment and start a new shell whose root directory will be set to the CLFS partition. This is very similar to rebooting and instructing the kernel to mount the CLFS partition as the root partition. The major advantage is that “chrooting” allows the builder to continue using the host while CLFS is being built. While waiting for package compilation to complete, a user can switch to a different virtual console (VC) or X desktop and continue using the computer as normal.

The main downside to chrooting is that you are more limited in when you can use it - booting will always work for any CLFS build, but the chroot method can only be used when you are building on the same architecture. For example, if you are building on, and for, an x86 system, you can simply chroot. Booting is required when you are compiling for a different architecture, such as building a PowerPC system from an x86. The rule of thumb here is that if the architectures match and you are running the same series kernel (specifically, a 2.6.32 or newer Linux kernel) you can just chroot. If you aren't running the same series kernel, or are wanting to run a different ABI, you will need to use the boot option.

If you are in any doubt about this, you can try the following commands to see if you can chroot:

/tools/lib/libc.so.6
/tools/bin/gcc -v

If either of these commands fail, you will have to follow the boot method.

For the boot method, follow If You Are Going to Boot.

For the chroot method, follow If You Are Going to Chroot.

Chapter 7. If You Are Going to Boot

7.1. Introduction

This chapter shows how to complete the build of temporary tools to create a minimal system that will be used to boot the target machine and to build the final system packages.

7.2. Bc-1.06.95

The Bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.

7.2.1. Installation of Bc

We will install a bc program that can run on the host system, as this is needed to compile the kernel.

Prepare Bc for compilation:

CC=gcc ./configure --prefix=/cross-tools

The meaning of the configure option:

CC=gcc

This ensures that we use the host's compiler to build Bc, since we need it to run on the host system.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.41.2, “Contents of Bc.”

7.3. Boot-scripts for CLFS 3.0-20140710

The Boot-scripts package contains a set of scripts to start/stop the CLFS system at bootup/shutdown.

7.3.1. Installation of Boot-scripts

Install the package:

make DESTDIR=/tools install-boot-scripts

The setclock script reads the time from the hardware clock, also known as the BIOS or the Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) clock. If the hardware clock is set to UTC, this script will convert the hardware clock's time to the local time using the /tools/etc/sysconfig/clock file (which tells the hwclock program which timezone the user is in). There is no way to detect whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC, so this needs to be configured manually.

If you do not know whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC, you can find out after you have booted the new machine by running the hwclock --localtime --show command, and if necessary editing the /tools/etc/sysconfig/clock file. The worst that will happen if you make a wrong guess here is that the time displayed will be wrong.

Change the value of the UTC variable below to a value of 0 (zero) if the hardware clock is not set to UTC time.

cat > /tools/etc/sysconfig/clock << "EOF"
# Begin /tools/etc/sysconfig/clock

UTC=1

# End /tools/etc/sysconfig/clock
EOF

7.3.2. Contents of Boot-scripts

Installed scripts: checkfs, cleanfs, functions, halt, localnet, mountfs, mountkernfs, rc, reboot, sendsignals, setclock, swap, and udev.

Short Descriptions

checkfs

Checks the integrity of the file systems before they are mounted (with the exception of journal and network based file systems)

cleanfs

Removes files that should not be preserved between reboots, such as those in /run/ and /var/lock/; it re-creates /run/utmp and removes the possibly present /etc/nologin, /fastboot, and /forcefsck files

functions

Contains common functions, such as error and status checking, that are used by several boot-scripts

halt

Halts the system

localnet

Sets up the system's hostname and local loopback device

mountfs

Mounts all file systems, except ones that are marked noauto or are network based

mountkernfs

Mounts virtual kernel file systems, such as proc

rc

The master run-level control script; it is responsible for running all the other boot-scripts one-by-one, in a sequence determined by the name of the symbolic links being processed

reboot

Reboots the system

sendsignals

Makes sure every process is terminated before the system reboots or halts

setclock

Resets the kernel clock to local time in case the hardware clock is not set to UTC time

swap

Enables and disables swap files and partitions

udev

Starts and stops the Eudev daemon

7.4. E2fsprogs-1.42.9

The E2fsprogs package contains the utilities for handling the ext2 file system. It also supports the ext3 and ext4 journaling file systems.

7.4.1. Installation of E2fsprogs

The E2fsprogs documentation recommends that the package be built in a subdirectory of the source tree:

mkdir -v build
cd build

Prepare E2fsprogs for compilation:

../configure --prefix=/tools \
    --enable-elf-shlibs --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --disable-libblkid --disable-libuuid --disable-fsck \
    --disable-uuidd

The meaning of the configure options:

--enable-elf-shlibs

This creates the shared libraries which some programs in this package use.

--disable-*

This prevents E2fsprogs from building and installing the libuuid and libblkid libraries, the uuidd daemon, and the fsck wrapper, as Util-Linux installed all of them earlier.

Compile the package:

make

Install the binaries, documentation and shared libraries:

make install

Install the static libraries and headers:

make install-libs

Details on this package are located in Section 10.28.2, “Contents of E2fsprogs.”

7.5. Kmod-18

The Kmod package contains programs for loading, inserting and removing kernel modules for Linux. Kmod replaces the Module-Init-tools package.

7.5.1. Installation of Kmod

The following sed changes Kmod's default module search location to /tools/lib/modules:

cp -v libkmod/libkmod.c{,.orig}
sed '/dirname_default_prefix /s@/lib/modules@/tools&@' \
    libkmod/libkmod.c.orig > libkmod/libkmod.c

Prepare Kmod for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} --with-xz --with-zlib

The meaning of the new configure options:

--with-zlib --with-xz

These allow the Kmod package to handle zlib and XZ compressed kernel modules.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Create symbolic links for programs that expect Module-Init-Tools:

ln -sfv kmod /tools/bin/lsmod
for tool in depmod insmod modprobe modinfo rmmod; do
    ln -sv ../bin/kmod /tools/sbin/${tool}
done

Details on this package are located in Section 10.61.2, “Contents of Kmod.”

7.6. Shadow-4.2.1

The Shadow package contains programs for handling passwords in a secure way.

7.6.1. Installation of Shadow

Run the following sed command to disable the installation of the groups and nologin programs, as better versions of these programs are provided by other packages, and prevent Shadow from setting the suid bit on its installed programs:

cp -v src/Makefile.in{,.orig}
sed -e 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' \
    -e 's/= nologin$(EXEEXT)/= /' \
    -e 's/\(^suidu*bins = \).*/\1/' \
    src/Makefile.in.orig > src/Makefile.in

Tell Shadow to use passwd in /tools/bin:

cat > config.cache << "EOF"
shadow_cv_passwd_dir=/tools/bin
EOF

Prepare Shadow for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} --cache-file=config.cache \
    --enable-subordinate-ids=no

The meaning of the configure options:

--enable-subordinate-ids=no

Disable subordinate ids option during cross-compile.

Append to config.h since a test program will not be ran when cross-compiling:

echo "#define ENABLE_SUBUIDS 1" >> config.h

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.25.4, “Contents of Shadow.”

7.7. Sysvinit-2.88dsf

The Sysvinit package contains programs for controlling the startup, running, and shutdown of the system.

7.7.1. Installation of Sysvinit

Apply a patch to prevent installation of unneeded programs, and allow Sysvinit to be installed in /tools:

patch -Np1 -i ../sysvinit-2.88dsf-tools_updates-1.patch

Compile the package:

make -C src clobber
make -C src CC="${CC}"

Install the package:

make -C src ROOT=/tools install

7.7.2. Configuring Sysvinit

Create a new file /tools/etc/inittab by running the following:

cat > /tools/etc/inittab << "EOF"
# Begin /tools/etc/inittab

id:3:initdefault:

si::sysinit:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc sysinit

l0:0:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 0
l1:S1:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 1
l2:2:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 2
l3:3:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 3
l4:4:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 4
l5:5:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 5
l6:6:wait:/tools/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 6

ca:12345:ctrlaltdel:/tools/sbin/shutdown -t1 -a -r now

su:S016:once:/tools/sbin/sulogin

EOF

The following command adds the standard virtual terminals to /tools/etc/inittab. If your system only has a serial console skip the following command:

cat >> /tools/etc/inittab << "EOF"
1:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty1 9600
2:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty2 9600
3:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty3 9600
4:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty4 9600
5:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty5 9600
6:2345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear -I '\033(K' tty6 9600

EOF

If your system has a serial console, run the following command to add the entry to /tools/etc/inittab.

cat >> /tools/etc/inittab << "EOF"
c0:12345:respawn:/tools/sbin/agetty --noclear 115200 ttyS0 vt100

EOF

Finally, add the end line to /tools/etc/inittab.

cat >> /tools/etc/inittab << "EOF"
# End /tools/etc/inittab
EOF

The -I '\033(K' option tells agetty to send this escape sequence to the terminal before doing anything else. This escape sequence switches the console character set to a user-defined one, which can be modified by running the setfont program. Sending this escape sequence is necessary for people who use non-ISO 8859-1 screen fonts, but it does not affect native English speakers.

7.7.3. Contents of Sysvinit

Installed programs: bootlogd, fstab-decode, halt, init, killall5, poweroff (link to halt), reboot (link to halt), runlevel, shutdown, and telinit (link to init)

Short Descriptions

bootlogd

Logs boot messages to a log file

fstab-decode

Runs a command with fstab-encoded arguments

halt

Normally invokes shutdown with the -h option, except when already in run-level 0, then it tells the kernel to halt the system; it notes in the file /var/log/wtmp that the system is being brought down

init

The first process to be started when the kernel has initialized the hardware which takes over the boot process and starts all the proceses it is instructed to

killall5

Sends a signal to all processes, except the processes in its own session so it will not kill the shell running the script that called it

poweroff

Tells the kernel to halt the system and switch off the computer (see halt)

reboot

Tells the kernel to reboot the system (see halt)

runlevel

Reports the previous and the current run-level, as noted in the last run-level record in /run/utmp

shutdown

Brings the system down in a secure way, signaling all processes and notifying all logged-in users

telinit

Tells init which run-level to change to

7.8. Eudev-1.7

The Eudev package contains programs for dynamic creation of device nodes.

7.8.1. Installation of Eudev

Prepare Eudev for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --disable-introspection --disable-gtk-doc-html \
    --disable-gudev --disable-keymap --with-firmware-path=/tools/lib/firmware \
    --enable-libkmod

The meaning of the new configure options:

--disable-introspection --disable-gtk-doc-html --disable-gudev --disable-keymap

These switches disable several features which are not needed for the temporary system and have additional dependencies.

--with-firmware-path=/tools/lib/firmware

This allows Eudev to load firmware from /tools/lib/firmware instead of the default location of /lib/firmware.

--enable-libkmod

Allows Eudev to load modules by using libkmod directly.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Create a directory for storing firmware that can be loaded by udev:

install -dv /tools/lib/firmware

Create a dummy rule so that Eudev will name ethernet devices properly for the system.

echo "# dummy, so that network is once again on eth*" > \
    /tools/etc/udev/rules.d/80-net-name-slot.rules

7.8.2. Contents of Eudev

Installed programs: ata_id, cdrom_id, collect, create_floppy_devices, edd_id, firmware.sh, fstab_import, path_id, scsi_id, udevadm, udevd, usb_id, v4l_id, write_cd_rules, write_net_rules
Installed library: libudev
Installed directories: /tools/etc/udev, /tools/lib/firmware, /tools/lib/udev

Short Descriptions

udevadm

Controls the runtime behavior of Eudev, requests kernel events, manages the event queue, and provides simple debugging.

udevd

A daemon that reorders hotplug events before submitting them to udev, thus avoiding various race conditions

ata_id

Provides Eudev with a unique string and additional information (uuid, label) for an ATA drive

cdrom_id

Prints the capabilities of a CDROM or DVDROM drive.

collect

Given an ID for the current uevent and a list of IDs (for all target uevents), registers the current ID and indicates whether all target IDs have been registered.

create_floppy_devices

Creates all possible floppy devices based on the CMOS type

edd_id

Identifies x86 disk drives from Enhanced Disk Drive calls

firmware.sh

Script to load firmware for a device

fstab_import

Finds an entry in /etc/fstab that matches the current device, and provides its information to Udev.

path_id

Provides the shortest possible unique hardware path to a device

scsi_id

Retrieves or generates a unique SCSI identifier.

usb_id

Identifies a USB block device.

v4l_id

Determines V4L capabilities for a given device.

write_cd_rules

A script which generates Eudev rules to provide stable names for network interfaces.

write_net_rules

A script which generates Eudev rules to provide stable names for network interfaces.

libudev

A library interface to eudev device information.

/etc/udev

Contains udev configuration files, device permissions, and rules for device naming

/lib/udev

Contains udev helper programs and static devices which get copied to /dev when booted.

7.9. Linux-3.14.21

The Linux package contains the Linux kernel.

7.9.1. Installation of the kernel

Warning

Here a temporary cross-compiled kernel will be built. When configuring it, select the minimal amount of options required to boot the target machine and build the final system. I.e., no support for sound, printers, etc. will be needed.

Also, try to avoid the use of modules if possible, and don't use the resulting kernel image for production systems.

Building the kernel involves a few steps—configuration, compilation, and installation. Read the README file in the kernel source tree for alternative methods to the way this book configures the kernel.

To ensure that your system boots and you can properly run both 32 bit and 64 bit binaries, please make sure that you enable support for ELF and emulations for 32bit ELF into the kernel.

Apply the latest Linux sublevel patch:

xzcat ../patch-3.14.21.xz | patch -Np1 -i -

Prepare for compilation by running the following command:

make mrproper

This ensures that the kernel tree is absolutely clean. The kernel team recommends that this command be issued prior to each kernel compilation. Do not rely on the source tree being clean after un-tarring.

Configure the kernel via a menu-driven interface:

make ARCH=x86_64 CROSS_COMPILE=${CLFS_TARGET}- menuconfig

Compile the kernel image and modules:

make ARCH=x86_64 CROSS_COMPILE=${CLFS_TARGET}-

If the use of kernel modules can't be avoided, a file in /etc/modprobe.d may be needed. Information pertaining to modules and kernel configuration is located in the kernel documentation in the Documentation directory of the kernel sources tree. The modprobe.d man page may also be of interest.

Install the modules, if the kernel configuration uses them:

make ARCH=x86_64 CROSS_COMPILE=${CLFS_TARGET}- \
   INSTALL_MOD_PATH=/tools modules_install

Install the firmware, if the kernel configuration uses them:

make ARCH=x86_64 CROSS_COMPILE=${CLFS_TARGET}- \
   INSTALL_MOD_PATH=/tools firmware_install

After kernel compilation is complete, additional steps are required to complete the installation. Some files need to be copied to the /tools/boot directory.

Issue the following commands to install the kernel:

mkdir -pv /tools/boot
cp -v arch/x86_64/boot/bzImage /tools/boot/vmlinuz-clfs-3.14.21

System.map is a symbol file for the kernel. It maps the function entry points of every function in the kernel API, as well as the addresses of the kernel data structures for the running kernel. Issue the following command to install the map file:

cp -v System.map /tools/boot/System.map-3.14.21

The kernel configuration file .config produced by the make menuconfig step above contains all the configuration selections for the kernel that was just compiled. It is a good idea to keep this file for future reference:

cp -v .config /tools/boot/config-3.14.21

Details on this package are located in Section 13.2.2, “Contents of Linux.”

7.10. GRUB-2.00

The GRUB package contains the GRand Unified Bootloader.

7.10.1. Installation of GRUB

Note

If you would like use a different bootloader than this one you can go to the following link for alternative bootloaders and the instructions to use them. http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/bootloaders

Glibc-2.19 does not declare gets():

cp -v grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h{,.orig}
sed -e '/gets is a/d' grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h.orig > grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h

Prepare GRUB for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools \
    --build=${CLFS_HOST} --host=${CLFS_TARGET} \
    --disable-werror --enable-grub-mkfont=no --with-bootdir=tools/boot

The meaning of the new configure option:

--enable-grub-mkfont=no

Prevents GRUB from trying to build grub-mkfont, which requires Freetype.

--with-bootdir=tools/boot

This modifies GRUB's default location where it searches for kernel images and installs its bootloader files.

Compile the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Details on this package are located in Section 10.69.3, “Contents of GRUB.”

7.11. Creating Directories

Note

The commands in the remainder of the book should be run as the root user. Check that ${CLFS} is set in the root user’s environment before proceeding.

It is time to create some structure in the CLFS file system. Create a standard directory tree by issuing the following commands:

mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/{bin,boot,dev,{etc/,}opt,home,lib/firmware,mnt}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/{proc,media/{floppy,cdrom},run/{,shm},sbin,srv,sys}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/var/{lock,log,mail,spool}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/var/{opt,cache,lib/{misc,locate},local}
install -dv -m 0750 ${CLFS}/root
install -dv -m 1777 ${CLFS}{/var,}/tmp
ln -sv ../run ${CLFS}/var/run
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/usr/{,local/}{bin,include,lib,sbin,src}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/usr/{,local/}share/{doc,info,locale,man}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/usr/{,local/}share/{misc,terminfo,zoneinfo}
mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/usr/{,local/}share/man/man{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}

Directories are, by default, created with permission mode 755, but this is not desirable for all directories. In the commands above, two changes are made—one to the home directory of user root, and another to the directories for temporary files.

The first mode change ensures that not just anybody can enter the /root directory—the same as a normal user would do with his or her home directory. The second mode change makes sure that any user can write to the /tmp and /var/tmp directories, but cannot remove another user's files from them. The latter is prohibited by the so-called “sticky bit,” the highest bit (1) in the 1777 bit mask.

7.11.1. FHS Compliance Note

The directory tree is based on the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) (available at http://www.pathname.com/fhs/). In addition to the tree created above, this standard stipulates the existence of /usr/local/games and /usr/share/games. The FHS is not precise as to the structure of the /usr/local/share subdirectory, so we create only the directories that are needed. However, feel free to create these directories if you prefer to conform more strictly to the FHS.

7.12. Creating Essential Symlinks

Some programs use hard-wired paths to files which do not exist yet. In order to satisfy these programs, create a number of symbolic links which will be replaced by real files throughout the course of the next chapter after the software has been installed.

ln -sv /tools/bin/{bash,cat,echo,grep,login,pwd,stty} ${CLFS}/bin
ln -sv /tools/bin/file ${CLFS}/usr/bin
ln -sv /tools/lib/libgcc_s.so{,.1} ${CLFS}/usr/lib
ln -sv /tools/lib/libstdc++.so{.6,} ${CLFS}/usr/lib
sed -e 's/tools/usr/' /tools/lib/libstdc++.la > ${CLFS}/usr/lib/libstdc++.la
ln -sv bash ${CLFS}/bin/sh
ln -sv /tools/sbin/init ${CLFS}/sbin
ln -sv /tools/etc/{login.{access,defs},limits} ${CLFS}/etc

The purpose of each link:

/bin/bash

Many bash scripts specify /bin/bash.

/bin/cat

This pathname is hard-coded into Glibc's configure script.

/bin/echo

This is to satisfy one of the tests in Glibc's test suite, which expects /bin/echo.

/bin/grep

This to avoid a hard-coded /tools reference in Libtool.

/bin/login

The agetty program expects to find login in /bin.

/bin/pwd

Some configure scripts, particularly Glibc's, have this pathname hard-coded.

/bin/stty

This pathname is hard-coded into Expect, therefore it is needed for Binutils and GCC test suites to pass.

/usr/bin/file

Binutils' configure scripts specify this command location.

/usr/lib/libgcc_s.so{,.1}

Glibc needs this for the pthreads library to work.

/usr/lib/libstdc++{,.6}

This is needed by several tests in Glibc's test suite, as well as for C++ support in GMP.

/usr/lib/libstdc++.la

This prevents a /tools reference that would otherwise be in /usr/lib/libstdc++.la after GCC is installed.

/bin/sh

Many shell scripts hard-code /bin/sh.

/sbin/init

This is where the kernel expects to find init.

/etc/{login.{access,defs},limits}

These are configuration files used by Shadow and are expected to be found in /etc, for programs such as login and su to work.

To enable some C++ tests in the Glibc and Binutils test suites to link, create a directory and make some symbolic links:

mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/usr/lib64
ln -sv /tools/lib/libstdc++.so{.6,} ${CLFS}/usr/lib64

Historically, Linux maintains a list of the mounted file systems in the file /etc/mtab. Modern kernels maintain this list internally and expose it to the user via the /proc filesystem. To satisfy utilities that expect the presence of /etc/mtab, create the following symbolic link:

ln -sv /proc/self/mounts ${CLFS}/etc/mtab

7.13. Populating /dev

7.13.1. Creating Initial Device Nodes

When the kernel boots the system, it requires the presence of a few device nodes, in particular the console and null devices. The device nodes will be created on the hard disk so that they are available before udev has been started, and additionally when Linux is started in single user mode (hence the restrictive permissions on console). Create these by running the following commands:

mknod -m 0600 ${CLFS}/dev/console c 5 1
mknod -m 0666 ${CLFS}/dev/null c 1 3

7.14. Creating the passwd and group Files

In order for user root to be able to login and for the name “root” to be recognized, there must be relevant entries in the /etc/passwd and /etc/group files.

Create the ${CLFS}/etc/passwd file by running the following command:

cat > ${CLFS}/etc/passwd << "EOF"
root::0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
bin:x:1:1:/bin:/bin/false
daemon:x:2:6:/sbin:/bin/false
messagebus:x:27:27:D-Bus Message Daemon User:/dev/null:/bin/false
nobody:x:65534:65533:Unprivileged User:/dev/null:/bin/false
EOF

The actual password for root (the “::” used here is just a placeholder and allows you to login with no password) will be set later.

Additional users you may want to add if not already included:

adm:x:3:16:adm:/var/adm:/bin/false

Was used for programs that performed administrative tasks.

lp:x:10:9:lp:/var/spool/lp:/bin/false

Used by programs for printing

mail:x:30:30:mail:/var/mail:/bin/false

Often used by email programs

news:x:31:31:news:/var/spool/news:/bin/false

Often used for network news servers

operator:x:50:0:operator:/root:/bin/bash

Often used to allow system operators to access the system

postmaster:x:51:30:postmaster:/var/spool/mail:/bin/false

Generally used as an account that receives all the information of troubles with the mail server

Create the ${CLFS}/etc/group file by running the following command:

cat > ${CLFS}/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
sys:x:2:
kmem:x:3:
tty:x:5:
tape:x:4:
daemon:x:6:
floppy:x:7:
disk:x:8:
lp:x:9:
dialout:x:10:
audio:x:11:
video:x:12:
utmp:x:13:
usb:x:14:
cdrom:x:15:
adm:x:16:
messagebus:x:27:
systemd-journal:x:28:
mail:x:30:
wheel:x:39:
nogroup:x:65533:
EOF

Additional groups you may want to add if not already included:

console:x:17:

This group has direct access to the console

cdrw:x:18:

This group is allowed to use the CDRW drive

news:x:31:news

Used by Network News Servers

users:x:1000:

The default GID used by shadow for new users

nobody:x:65533:

This is used by NFS

The created groups are not part of any standard—they are groups decided on in part by the requirements of the Systemd configuration in the final system, and in part by common convention employed by a number of existing Linux distributions. The Linux Standard Base (LSB, available at http://www.linuxbase.org) recommends only that, besides the group “root” with a Group ID (GID) of 0, a group “bin” with a GID of 1 be present. All other group names and GIDs can be chosen freely by the system administrator since well-written programs do not depend on GID numbers, but rather use the group's name.

7.15. Creating the /etc/fstab File

The /etc/fstab file is used by some programs to determine where file systems are to be mounted by default, which must be checked, and in which order. Create a new file systems table like this:

cat > ${CLFS}/etc/fstab << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/fstab

# file system  mount-point  type   options          dump  fsck
#                                                         order

/dev/[xxx]     /            [fff]  defaults         1     1
/dev/[yyy]     swap         swap   pri=1            0     0
devpts         /dev/pts     devpts gid=5,mode=620   0     0
shm            /dev/shm     tmpfs  defaults         0     0

# End /etc/fstab
EOF

Replace [xxx], [yyy], and [fff] with the values appropriate for the system, for example, sda2, sda5, and ext2. For details on the six fields in this file, see man 5 fstab.

The /dev/shm mount point for tmpfs is included to allow enabling POSIX-shared memory. The kernel must have the required support built into it for this to work (more about this is in the next section). Please note that very little software currently uses POSIX-shared memory. Therefore, consider the /dev/shm mount point optional. For more information, see Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt in the kernel source tree.

7.16. Setting Up the Environment

The new instance of the shell that will start when the system is booted is a login shell, which will read the .bash_profile file. Create .bash_profile now:

cat > ${CLFS}/root/.bash_profile << "EOF"
set +h
PS1='\u:\w\$ '
LC_ALL=POSIX
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/tools/bin:/tools/sbin
export LC_ALL PATH PS1
EOF

The LC_ALL variable controls the localization of certain programs, making their messages follow the conventions of a specified country. Setting LC_ALL to “POSIX” or “C” (the two are equivalent) ensures that everything will work as expected on your temporary system.

By putting /tools/bin and /tools/sbin at the end of the standard PATH, all the programs installed in Constructing a Temporary System are only picked up by the shell if they have not yet been built on the target system. This configuration forces use of the final system binaries as they are built over the temp-system, minimising the chance of final system programs being built against the temp-system.

7.17. Build Flags

We will need to copy our build variables into our new system:

echo export BUILD64=\""${BUILD64}\"" >> ${CLFS}/root/.bash_profile

7.18. Changing Ownership

Currently, the /tools and /cross-tools directories are owned by the user clfs, a user that exists only on the host system. Although /tools and /cross-tools can be deleted once the CLFS system has been finished, they can be retained to build additional CLFS systems. If the /tools and /cross-tools directories are kept as is, the files are owned by a user ID without a corresponding account. This is dangerous because a user account created later could get this same user ID and would own these directories and all the files therein, thus exposing those files to possible malicious manipulation.

One possible fix for this issue might be to add the clfs user to the new CLFS system later when creating the /etc/passwd file, taking care to assign it the same user and group IDs as on the host system. Alternatively, assign the contents of the /tools and /cross-tools directories to user root by running the following commands:

chown -Rv 0:0 ${CLFS}/tools
chown -Rv 0:0 ${CLFS}/cross-tools

7.19. How to View the Book

Most likely, you have been using a web browser or PDF viewer to read the CLFS book so far. However, the temporary system in /tools does not have any of these, so you will need to find a way to continue following the book after booting into the temporary build environment. Possible solutions include:

  • Simply have the book open on another computer, or even read a printed copy, though one downside to this is that you cannot copy-and-paste commands.

  • Convert the CLFS book into plain text, thus allowing it to be viewed with more or view, by using a command such as the following:

    lynx -dump /path/to/clfs/book.html > ${CLFS}/root/CLFS-book.txt
    
  • Cross-compile and install additional programs before booting, such as Lynx or Links to view the book, or Dropbear to allow remote login. See the CLFS Hints website at http://hints.cross-lfs.org/index.php/ for more suggestions by other users.

7.20. What to do next

Now you're at the point to get your ${CLFS} directory copied over to your target machine. The easiest method would be to tar it up and copy the file.

tar -jcvf ${CLFS}.tar.bz2 ${CLFS}

Chapter 8. If You Are Going to Chroot

8.1. Introduction

This chapter shows how to prepare a chroot jail to build the final system packages into.

8.2. Mounting Virtual Kernel File Systems

Note

The commands in the remainder of the book should be run as the root user. Check that ${CLFS} is set in the root user’s environment before proceeding.

Various file systems exported by the kernel are used to communicate to and from the kernel itself. These file systems are virtual in that no disk space is used for them. The content of the file systems resides in memory.

Begin by creating directories onto which the file systems will be mounted:

mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/{dev,proc,run,sys}

Two device nodes, /dev/console and /dev/null, are required to be present on the file system. These are needed by the kernel even before starting Udev early in the boot process, so we create them here:

mknod -m 600 ${CLFS}/dev/console c 5 1
mknod -m 666 ${CLFS}/dev/null c 1 3

Once the system is complete and booting, the rest of our device nodes will be created by the kernel's devtmpfs file system. For now though, we will just use the “bind” option in the mount command to make our host system's /dev structure appear in the new CLFS file system:

mount -v -o bind /dev ${CLFS}/dev

Now mount the remaining file systems:

mount -vt devpts -o gid=5,mode=620 devpts ${CLFS}/dev/pts
mount -vt proc proc ${CLFS}/proc
mount -vt tmpfs tmpfs ${CLFS}/run
mount -vt sysfs sysfs ${CLFS}/sys

On some host systems, /dev/shm is a symbolic link to /run/shm. If it is, create a directory in /run:

[ -h ${CLFS}/dev/shm ] && mkdir -pv ${CLFS}/$(readlink ${CLFS}/dev/shm)

Remember that if for any reason you stop working on the CLFS system and start again later, it is important to check that these file systems are mounted again before entering the chroot environment.

8.3. Entering the Chroot Environment

It is time to enter the chroot environment to begin building and installing the final CLFS system. As user root, run the following command to enter the realm that is, at the moment, populated with only the temporary tools:

chroot "${CLFS}" /tools/bin/env -i \
    HOME=/root TERM="${TERM}" PS1='\u:\w\$ ' \
    PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/tools/bin \
    /tools/bin/bash --login +h

The -i option given to the env command will clear all variables of the chroot environment. After that, only the HOME, TERM, PS1, and PATH variables are set again. The TERM=${TERM} construct will set the TERM variable inside chroot to the same value as outside chroot. This variable is needed for programs like vim and less to operate properly. If other variables are needed, such as CFLAGS or CXXFLAGS, this is a good place to set them again.

From this point on, there is no need to use the CLFS variable anymore, because all work will be restricted to the CLFS file system. This is because the Bash shell is told that ${CLFS} is now the root (/) directory.

Notice that /tools/bin comes last in the PATH. This means that a temporary tool will no longer be used once its final version is installed. This occurs when the shell does not “remember” the locations of executed binaries—for this reason, hashing is switched off by passing the +h option to bash.

It is important that all the commands throughout the remainder of this chapter and the following chapters are run from within the chroot environment. If you leave this environment for any reason (rebooting for example), remember to first mount the proc and devpts file systems (discussed in the previous section) and enter chroot again before continuing with the installations.

Note that the bash prompt will say I have no name! This is normal because the /etc/passwd file has not been created yet.

8.4. Changing Ownership

Currently, the /tools and /cross-tools directories are owned by the user clfs, a user that exists only on the host system. Although /tools and /cross-tools can be deleted once the CLFS system has been finished, they can be retained to build additional CLFS systems. If the /tools and /cross-tools directories are kept as is, the files are owned by a user ID without a corresponding account. This is dangerous because a user account created later could get this same user ID and would own these directories and all the files therein, thus exposing those files to possible malicious manipulation.

One possible fix for this issue might be to add the clfs user to the new CLFS system later when creating the /etc/passwd file, taking care to assign it the same user and group IDs as on the host system. Alternatively, assign the contents of the /tools and /cross-tools directories to user root by running the following commands:

chown -Rv 0:0 /tools
chown -Rv 0:0 /cross-tools

The commands use 0:0 instead of root:root, because chown is unable to resolve the name “root” until the passwd file has been created.

8.5. Creating Directories

It is time to create some structure in the CLFS file system. Create a standard directory tree by issuing the following commands:

mkdir -pv /{bin,boot,dev,{etc/,}opt,home,lib,mnt}
mkdir -pv /{proc,media/{floppy,cdrom},run/shm,sbin,srv,sys}
mkdir -pv /var/{lock,log,mail,spool}
mkdir -pv /var/{opt,cache,lib/{misc,locate},local}
install -dv -m 0750 /root
install -dv -m 1777 {/var,}/tmp
ln -sv ../run /var/run
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}{bin,include,lib,sbin,src}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/{doc,info,locale,man}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/{misc,terminfo,zoneinfo}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/man/man{1..8}

Directories are, by default, created with permission mode 755, but this is not desirable for all directories. In the commands above, two changes are made—one to the home directory of user root, and another to the directories for temporary files.

The first mode change ensures that not just anybody can enter the /root directory—the same as a normal user would do with his or her home directory. The second mode change makes sure that any user can write to the /tmp and /var/tmp directories, but cannot remove another user's files from them. The latter is prohibited by the so-called “sticky bit,” the highest bit (1) in the 1777 bit mask.

8.5.1. FHS Compliance Note

The directory tree is based on the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) (available at http://www.pathname.com/fhs/). In addition to the tree created above, this standard stipulates the existence of /usr/local/games and /usr/share/games. The FHS is not precise as to the structure of the /usr/local/share subdirectory, so we create only the directories that are needed. However, feel free to create these directories if you prefer to conform more strictly to the FHS.

8.6. Creating Essential Symlinks

Some programs use hard-wired paths to files which do not exist yet. In order to satisfy these programs, create a number of symbolic links which will be replaced by real files throughout the course of the next chapter after the software has been installed.

ln -sv /tools/bin/{bash,cat,echo,grep,pwd,stty} /bin
ln -sv /tools/bin/file /usr/bin
ln -sv /tools/lib/libgcc_s.so{,.1} /usr/lib
ln -sv /tools/lib/libstdc++.so{.6,} /usr/lib
sed -e 's/tools/usr/' /tools/lib/libstdc++.la > /usr/lib/libstdc++.la
ln -sv bash /bin/sh

The purpose of each link:

/bin/bash

Many bash scripts specify /bin/bash.

/bin/cat

This pathname is hard-coded into Glibc's configure script.

/bin/echo

This is to satisfy one of the tests in Glibc's test suite, which expects /bin/echo.

/bin/grep

This to avoid a hard-coded /tools reference in Libtool.

/bin/login

The agetty program expects to find login in /bin.

/bin/pwd

Some configure scripts, particularly Glibc's, have this pathname hard-coded.

/bin/stty

This pathname is hard-coded into Expect, therefore it is needed for Binutils and GCC test suites to pass.

/usr/bin/file

Binutils' configure scripts specify this command location.

/usr/lib/libgcc_s.so{,.1}

Glibc needs this for the pthreads library to work.

/usr/lib/libstdc++{,.6}

This is needed by several tests in Glibc's test suite, as well as for C++ support in GMP.

/usr/lib/libstdc++.la

This prevents a /tools reference that would otherwise be in /usr/lib/libstdc++.la after GCC is installed.

/bin/sh

Many shell scripts hard-code /bin/sh.

/sbin/init

This is where the kernel expects to find init.

/etc/{login.{access,defs},limits}

These are configuration files used by Shadow and are expected to be found in /etc, for programs such as login and su to work.

To enable some C++ tests in the Glibc and Binutils test suites to link, create a directory and make some symbolic links:

mkdir -pv /usr/lib64
ln -sv /tools/lib/libstdc++.so{.6,} /usr/lib64

Historically, Linux maintains a list of the mounted file systems in the file /etc/mtab. Modern kernels maintain this list internally and expose it to the user via the /proc filesystem. To satisfy utilities that expect the presence of /etc/mtab, create the following symbolic link:

ln -sv /proc/self/mounts /etc/mtab

8.7. Build Flags

We will need to setup target specific flags for the compiler and linkers.

export BUILD64="-m64"

To prevent errors when you come back to your build, we will export these variables to prevent any build issues in the future:

echo export BUILD64=\""${BUILD64}\"" >> ~/.bash_profile

8.8. Creating the passwd and group Files

In order for user root to be able to login and for the name “root” to be recognized, there must be relevant entries in the /etc/passwd and /etc/group files.

Create the /etc/passwd file by running the following command:

cat > /etc/passwd << "EOF"
root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
bin:x:1:1:/bin:/bin/false
daemon:x:2:6:/sbin:/bin/false
messagebus:x:27:27:D-Bus Message Daemon User:/dev/null:/bin/false
nobody:x:65534:65533:Unprivileged User:/dev/null:/bin/false
EOF

The actual password for root (the “x” used here is just a placeholder) will be set later.

Additional users you may want to add if not already included:

adm:x:3:16:adm:/var/adm:/bin/false

Was used for programs that performed administrative tasks.

lp:x:10:9:lp:/var/spool/lp:/bin/false

Used by programs for printing

mail:x:30:30:mail:/var/mail:/bin/false

Often used by email programs

news:x:31:31:news:/var/spool/news:/bin/false

Often used for network news servers

operator:x:50:0:operator:/root:/bin/bash

Often used to allow system operators to access the system

postmaster:x:51:30:postmaster:/var/spool/mail:/bin/false

Generally used as an account that receives all the information of troubles with the mail server

Create the /etc/group file by running the following command:

cat > /etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
sys:x:2:
kmem:x:3:
tty:x:5:
tape:x:4:
daemon:x:6:
floppy:x:7:
disk:x:8:
lp:x:9:
dialout:x:10:
audio:x:11:
video:x:12:
utmp:x:13:
usb:x:14:
cdrom:x:15:
adm:x:16:
messagebus:x:27:
systemd-journal:x:28:
mail:x:30:
wheel:x:39:
nogroup:x:65533:
EOF

Additional groups you may want to add if not already included:

console:x:17:

This group has direct access to the console

cdrw:x:18:

This group is allowed to use the CDRW drive

news:x:31:news

Used by Network News Servers

users:x:1000:

The default GID used by shadow for new users

nobody:x:65533:

This is used by NFS

The created groups are not part of any standard—they are groups decided on in part by the requirements of the Systemd configuration in the final system, and in part by common convention employed by a number of existing Linux distributions. The Linux Standard Base (LSB, available at http://www.linuxbase.org) recommends only that, besides the group “root” with a Group ID (GID) of 0, a group “bin” with a GID of 1 be present. All other group names and GIDs can be chosen freely by the system administrator since well-written programs do not depend on GID numbers, but rather use the group's name.

To remove the “I have no name!” prompt, start a new shell. Since a full Glibc was installed in Constructing Cross-Compile Tools and the /etc/passwd and /etc/group files have been created, user name and group name resolution will now work.

exec /tools/bin/bash --login +h

Note the use of the +h directive. This tells bash not to use its internal path hashing. Without this directive, bash would remember the paths to binaries it has executed. To ensure the use of the newly compiled binaries as soon as they are installed, the +h directive will be used for the duration of the next chapters.

Part V. Building the CLFS System

Chapter 9. Constructing Testsuite Tools

9.1. Introduction

This chapter builds the tools needed by some packages to run the tests that they have. I.e., make check. Tcl, Expect, and DejaGNU are needed for the GCC, Binutils, and Findutils test suites. Installing three packages for testing purposes may seem excessive, but it is very reassuring, if not essential, to know that the most important tools are working properly.

9.2. Tcl-8.6.1

The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language.

9.2.1. Installation of Tcl

Increase memory size for regular expressions where required.

sed -i s/500/5000/ generic/regc_nfa.c

Prepare Tcl for compilation:

cd unix
./configure --prefix=/tools

Build the package:

make

Install the package:

make install

Tcl's private header files are needed for the next package, Expect. Install them into /tools:

make install-private-headers

Now make a necessary symbolic link:

ln -sv tclsh8.6 /tools/bin/tclsh

9.2.2. Contents of Tcl

Installed programs: tclsh (link to tclsh8.6) and tclsh8.6
Installed libraries: libtcl8.6.so, libtclstub8.6.a

Short Descriptions

tclsh8.6

The Tcl command shell

tclsh

A link to tclsh8.6

libtcl8.6.so

The Tcl library

libtclstub8.6.a

The Tcl Stub library

9.3. Expect-5.45

The Expect package contains a program for carrying out scripted dialogues with other interactive programs.

9.3.1. Installation of Expect

Now prepare Expect for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools --with-tcl=/tools/lib \
    --with-tclinclude=/tools/include

The meaning of the configure options:

--with-tcl=/tools/lib

This ensures that the configure script finds the Tcl installation in the temporary testsuite-tools location.

--with-tclinclude=/tools/include

This explicitly tells Expect where to find Tcl's internal headers. Using this option avoids conditions where configure fails because it cannot automatically discover the location of the Tcl source directory.

Build the package:

make

Install the package:

make SCRIPTS="" install

The meaning of the make parameter:

SCRIPTS=""

This prevents installation of the supplementary expect scripts, which are not needed.

9.3.2. Contents of Expect

Installed program: expect
Installed library: libexpect-5.43.a

Short Descriptions

expect

Communicates with other interactive programs according to a script

libexpect-5.43.a

Contains functions that allow Expect to be used as a Tcl extension or to be used directly from C or C++ (without Tcl)

9.4. DejaGNU-1.5.1

The DejaGNU package contains a framework for testing other programs.

9.4.1. Installation of DejaGNU

Prepare DejaGNU for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/tools

Build and install the package:

make install

9.4.2. Contents of DejaGNU

Installed program: runtest

Short Descriptions

runtest

A wrapper script that locates the proper expect shell and then runs DejaGNU

Chapter 10. Installing Basic System Software

10.1. Introduction

In this chapter, we enter the building site and start constructing the CLFS system in earnest. The installation of this software is straightforward. Although in many cases the installation instructions could be made shorter and more generic, we have opted to provide the full instructions for every package to minimize the possibilities for mistakes. The key to learning what makes a Linux system work is to know what each package is used for and why the user (or the system) needs it. For every installed package, a summary of its contents is given, followed by concise descriptions of each program and library the package installed.

If using compiler optimizations, please review the optimization hint at http://hints.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Optimization. Compiler optimizations can make a program run slightly faster, but they may also cause compilation difficulties and problems when running the program. If a package refuses to compile when using optimization, try to compile it without optimization and see if that fixes the problem. Even if the package does compile when using optimization, there is the risk it may have been compiled incorrectly because of the complex interactions between the code and build tools. Also note that the -march and -mtune options may cause problems with the toolchain packages (Binutils, GCC and Glibc). The small potential gains achieved in using compiler optimizations are often outweighed by the risks. First-time builders of CLFS are encouraged to build without custom optimizations. The subsequent system will still run very fast and be stable at the same time.

The order that packages are installed in this chapter needs to be strictly followed to ensure that no program accidentally acquires a path referring to /tools hard-wired into it. For the same reason, do not compile packages in parallel. Compiling in parallel may save time (especially on dual-CPU machines), but it could result in a program containing a hard-wired path to /tools, which will cause the program to stop working when that directory is removed.

To keep track of which package installs particular files, a package manager can be used. For a general overview of different styles of package managers, please take a look at the next page.

10.2. Package Management

Package Management is an often-requested addition to the CLFS Book. A Package Manager allows tracking the installation of files making it easy to remove and upgrade packages. Before you begin to wonder, NO—this section will not talk about nor recommend any particular package manager. What it provides is a roundup of the more popular techniques and how they work. The perfect package manager for you may be among these techniques or may be a combination of two or more of these techniques. This section briefly mentions issues that may arise when upgrading packages.

Some reasons why no specific package manager is recommended in CLFS or CBLFS include:

  • Dealing with package management takes the focus away from the goals of these books—teaching how a Linux system is built.

  • There are multiple solutions for package management, each having its strengths and drawbacks. Including one that satisfies all audiences is difficult.

There are some hints written on the topic of package management. Visit the Hints subproject and see if one of them fits your need.

10.2.1. Upgrade Issues

A Package Manager makes it easy to upgrade to newer versions when they are released. Generally the instructions in CLFS and CBLFS can be used to upgrade to the newer versions. Here are some points that you should be aware of when upgrading packages, especially on a running system.

  • If one of the toolchain packages (Glibc, GCC or Binutils) needs to be upgraded to a newer minor version, it is safer to rebuild CLFS. Though you may be able to get by rebuilding all the packages in their dependency order, we do not recommend it. For example, if glibc-2.2.x needs to be updated to glibc-2.3.x, it is safer to rebuild. For micro version updates, a simple reinstallation usually works, but is not guaranteed. For example, upgrading from glibc-2.3.4 to glibc-2.3.5 will not usually cause any problems.

  • If a package containing a shared library is updated, and if the name of the library changes, then all the packages dynamically linked to the library need to be recompiled to link against the newer library. (Note that there is no correlation between the package version and the name of the library.) For example, consider a package foo-1.2.3 that installs a shared library with name libfoo.so.1. Say you upgrade the package to a newer version foo-1.2.4 that installs a shared library with name libfoo.so.2. In this case, all packages that are dynamically linked to libfoo.so.1 need to be recompiled to link against libfoo.so.2. Note that you should not remove the previous libraries until the dependent packages are recompiled.

  • If you are upgrading a running system, be on the lookout for packages that use cp instead of install to install files. The latter command is usually safer if the executable or library is already loaded in memory.

10.2.2. Package Management Techniques

The following are some common package management techniques. Before making a decision on a package manager, do some research on the various techniques, particularly the drawbacks of the particular scheme.

10.2.2.1. It is All in My Head!

Yes, this is a package management technique. Some folks do not find the need for a package manager because they know the packages intimately and know what files are installed by each package. Some users also do not need any package management because they plan on rebuilding the entire system when a package is changed.

10.2.2.2. Install in Separate Directories

This is a simplistic package management that does not need any extra package to manage the installations. Each package is installed in a separate directory. For example, package foo-1.1 is installed in /usr/pkg/foo-1.1 and a symlink is made from /usr/pkg/foo to /usr/pkg/foo-1.1. When installing a new version foo-1.2, it is installed in /usr/pkg/foo-1.2 and the previous symlink is replaced by a symlink to the new version.

Environment variables such as PATH, LD_LIBRARY_PATH, MANPATH, INFOPATH and CPPFLAGS need to be expanded to include /usr/pkg/foo. For more than a few packages, this scheme becomes unmanageable.

10.2.2.3. Symlink Style Package Management

This is a variation of the previous package management technique. Each package is installed similar to the previous scheme. But instead of making the symlink, each file is symlinked into the /usr hierarchy. This removes the need to expand the environment variables. Though the symlinks can be created by the user to automate the creation, many package managers have been written using this approach. A few of the popular ones include Stow, Epkg, Graft, and Depot.

The installation needs to be faked, so that the package thinks that it is installed in /usr though in reality it is installed in the /usr/pkg hierarchy. Installing in this manner is not usually a trivial task. For example, consider that you are installing a package libfoo-1.1. The following instructions may not install the package properly:

./configure --prefix=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1
make
make install

The installation will work, but the dependent packages may not link to libfoo as you would expect. If you compile a package that links against libfoo, you may notice that it is linked to /usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1/lib/libfoo.so.1 instead of /usr/lib/libfoo.so.1 as you would expect. The correct approach is to use the DESTDIR strategy to fake installation of the package. This approach works as follows:

./configure --prefix=/usr
make
make DESTDIR=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1 install

Most packages support this approach, but there are some which do not. For the non-compliant packages, you may either need to manually install the package, or you may find that it is easier to install some problematic packages into /opt.

10.2.2.4. Timestamp Based

In this technique, a file is timestamped before the installation of the package. After the installation, a simple use of the find command with the appropriate options can generate a log of all the files installed after the timestamp file was created. A package manager written with this approach is install-log.

Though this scheme has the advantage of being simple, it has two drawbacks. If, during installation, the files are installed with any timestamp other than the current time, those files will not be tracked by the package manager. Also, this scheme can only be used when one package is installed at a time. The logs are not reliable if two packages are being installed on two different consoles.

10.2.2.5. LD_PRELOAD Based

In this approach, a library is preloaded before installation. During installation, this library tracks the packages that are being installed by attaching itself to various executables such as cp, install, mv and tracking the system calls that modify the filesystem. For this approach to work, all the executables need to be dynamically linked without the suid or sgid bit. Preloading the library may cause some unwanted side-effects during installation. Therefore, it is advised that one performs some tests to ensure that the package manager does not break anything and logs all the appropriate files.

10.2.2.6. Creating Package Archives

In this scheme, the package installation is faked into a separate tree as described in the Symlink style package management. After the installation, a package archive is created using the installed files. This archive is then used to install the package either on the local machine or can even be used to install the package on other machines.

This approach is used by most of the package managers found in the commercial distributions. Examples of package managers that follow this approach are RPM (which, incidentally, is required by the Linux Standard Base Specification), pkg-utils, Debian's apt, and Gentoo's Portage system. A hint describing how to adopt this style of package management for CLFS systems is located at http://hints.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Fakeroot.

10.3. About Test Suites, Again

In the final-system build, you are no longer cross-compiling so it is possible to run package test suites. Running the test suite for a newly built package is a good idea because it can provide a “sanity check” indicating that everything compiled correctly. A test suite that passes its set of checks usually proves that the package is functioning as the developer intended. It does not, however, guarantee that the package is totally bug free.

Some test suites are more important than others. For example, the test suites for the core toolchain packages—GCC, Binutils, and Glibc—are of the utmost importance due to their central role in a properly functioning system. The test suites for GCC and Glibc can take a very long time to complete, especially on slower hardware, but are strongly recommended.

A common issue with running the test suites for Binutils and GCC is running out of pseudo terminals (PTYs). This can result in a high number of failing tests. This may happen for several reasons, but the most likely cause (if you chrooted) is that the host system does not have the devpts file system set up correctly. This issue is discussed in greater detail at http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/faq#no-ptys.

Sometimes package test suites will fail, but for reasons which the developers are aware of and have deemed non-critical. Consult the logs located at http://cross-lfs.org/testsuite-logs// to verify whether or not these failures are expected. This site is valid for all tests throughout this book.

10.4. Temporary Perl-5.20.0

The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.

10.4.1. Installation of Perl

Note

In this section, we will add Perl to the temporary system in /tools. This package installation should technically be part of Constructing a Temporary System, but Perl has often had problems with cross-compiling, so we will compile and install it while in the final build environment.

Change a hardcoded path from /usr/include to /tools/include:

sed -i 's@/usr/include@/tools/include@g' ext/Errno/Errno_pm.PL

Prepare Temporary Perl for compilation:

./configure.gnu --prefix=/tools -Dcc="gcc"

The meaning of the configure option:

-Dcc="gcc"

Tells Perl to use gcc instead of the default cc.

Compile the package:

make

Although Perl comes with a test suite, it is not recommended to run it at this point, as this Perl installation is only temporary. The test suite can be run later in this chapter if desired.

Install the package:

make install

Finally, create a necessary symlink:

ln -sfv /tools/bin/perl /usr/bin

Details on this package are located in Section 10.36.2, “Contents of Perl.”

10.5. Linux-3.14.21 Headers

The Linux Kernel contains a make target that installs “sanitized” kernel headers.

10.5.1. Installation of Linux Headers

Note

For this step you will need to unpack the kernel tarball (linux-3.14.tar.xz) and cd into its source directory before entering the commands on this page.

Apply the latest Linux sublevel patch:

xzcat ../patch-3.14.21.xz | patch -Np1 -i -

Install the kernel header files:

make mrproper
make headers_check
make INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr headers_install
find /usr/include -name .install -or -name ..install.cmd | xargs rm -fv

The meaning of the make commands:

make mrproper

Ensures that the kernel source dir is clean.

make headers_check

Sanitizes the raw kernel headers so that they can be used by userspace programs.

make INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr headers_install

This will install the kernel headers into /usr/include.

find /usr/include -name .install -or -name ..install.cmd | xargs rm -fv

Removes a number of unneeded debugging files that were installed.

10.5.2. Contents of Linux Headers

Installed headers: /usr/include/{asm,asm-generic,drm,linux,mtd,rdma,scsi,sound,video,xen}/*.h
Installed directories: /usr/include/asm, /usr/include/asm-generic, /usr/include/drm, /usr/include/linux, /usr/include/mtd, /usr/include/rdma, /usr/include/scsi, /usr/include/sound, /usr/include/uapi, /usr/include/video, /usr/include/xen

Short Descriptions

/usr/include/{asm,asm-generic,drm,linux,mtd,rdma,sound,video}/*.h

The Linux API headers

10.6. Man-pages-3.68

The Man-pages package contains over 2,200 man pages.

10.6.1. Installation of Man-pages

Install Man-pages by running:

make install

10.6.2. Contents of Man-pages

Installed files: various man pages

Short Descriptions

man pages

This package contains man pages that describe the following: POSIX headers (section 0p), POSIX utilities (section 1p), POSIX functions (section 3p), user commands (section 1), system calls (section 2), libc calls (section 3), device information (section 4), file formats (section 5), games (section 6), conventions and macro packages (section 7), system administration (section 8), and kernel (section 9).

10.7. Glibc-2.19

The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.

10.7.1. Installation of Glibc

Note

Some packages outside of CLFS suggest installing GNU libiconv in order to translate data from one encoding to another. The project's home page (http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/) says “This library provides an iconv() implementation, for use on systems which don't have one, or whose implementation cannot convert from/to Unicode.” Glibc provides an iconv() implementation and can convert from/to Unicode, therefore libiconv is not required on a CLFS system.

At the end of the installation, the build system will run a sanity test to make sure everything installed properly. This script performs its tests by attempting to compile test programs against certain libraries. However it does not specify the path to ld.so, and our toolchain is still configured to use the one in /tools. The following set of commands will force the script to use the complete path of the new ld.so that was just installed:

LINKER=$(readelf -l /tools/bin/bash | sed -n 's@.*interpret.*/tools\(.*\)]$@\1@p')
sed -i "s|libs -o|libs -L/usr/lib -Wl,-dynamic-linker=${LINKER} -o|" \
  scripts/test-installation.pl
unset LINKER

The Glibc build system is self-contained and will install perfectly, even though the compiler specs file and linker are still pointing at /tools. The specs and linker cannot be adjusted before the Glibc install because the Glibc Autoconf tests would give false results and defeat the goal of achieving a clean build.

Apply the following sed so the tzselect script works properly:

sed -i 's/\\$$(pwd)/`pwd`/' timezone/Makefile

The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../glibc-build
cd ../glibc-build

Tell Glibc to install its libraries into /lib:

echo "slibdir=/lib" >> configparms

Prepare Glibc for compilation:

../glibc-2.19/configure --prefix=/usr \
    --disable-profile --enable-kernel=2.6.32 \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib/glibc --libdir=/usr/lib \
    --enable-obsolete-rpc

The meaning of the new configure option:

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/glibc

This changes the location of the getconf utility from its default of /usr/libexec to /usr/lib/glibc.

Compile the package:

make

Important

Due to Glibc's critical role in a properly functioning system, the CLFS developers strongly recommend running the testsuite.

Use the following commands to run the test suite and output any test failures:

make -k check 2>&1 | tee glibc-check-log; grep Error glibc-check-log

The Glibc test suite is highly dependent on certain functions of the host system, in particular the kernel. The posix/annexc and conform/run-conformtest tests normally fail and you should see Error 1 (ignored) in the output. Apart from this, the Glibc test suite is always expected to pass. However, in certain circumstances, some failures are unavoidable. If a test fails because of a missing program (or missing symbolic link), or a segfault, you will see an error code greater than 127 and the details will be in the log. More commonly, tests will fail with Error 2 - for these, the contents of the corresponding .out file, e.g. posix/annexc.out may be informative. Here is a list of the most common issues:

  • The nptl/tst-clock2, nptl/tst-attr3, tst/tst-cputimer1, and rt/tst-cpuclock2 tests have been known to fail. The reason is not completely understood, but indications are that minor timing issues can trigger these failures.

  • The math tests sometimes fail. Certain optimization settings are known to be a factor here.

  • If you have mounted the CLFS partition with the noatime option, the atime test will fail. As mentioned in Section 2.5, “Mounting the New Partition”, do not use the noatime option while building CLFS.

  • When running on older and slower hardware, some tests can fail because of test timeouts being exceeded. Modifying the make check command to set a TIMEOUTFACTOR is reported to help eliminate these errors (e.g. TIMEOUTFACTOR=16 make -k check).

  • posix/tst-getaddrinfo4 will always fail due to not having a network connection when the test is run.

Though it is a harmless message, the install stage of Glibc will complain about the absence of /etc/ld.so.conf. Prevent this warning with:

touch /etc/ld.so.conf

The install will finish by checking that everything is correctly installed. Unfortunately, it will test for a multilib installation. On x86_64 Pure64 this means it will try to test the non-existent 32-bit loader which has a different name from the 64-bit loader (unlike on other 64-bit architectures). We fool it by creating a symlink to the real loader.

ln -sv ld-2.19.so /lib/ld-linux.so.2

Install the package, and remove unneeded files from /usr/include/rpcsvc:

make install &&
rm -v /usr/include/rpcsvc/*.x

Now we can remove this symlink. We also need to correct the /usr/bin/ldd script - if you look at this, you will see it references not only the 32-bit linker, but also /lib64 where it thinks the 64-bit linker is. The following sed will correct this:

rm -v /lib/ld-linux.so.2
sed -i.bak '/RTLDLIST/s%/ld-linux.so.2 /lib64%%' /usr/bin/ldd

Check the script to make sure the sed worked correctly, then delete the backup.

rm -v /usr/bin/ldd.bak

Install the configuration file and runtime directory for nscd:

cp -v ../glibc-2.19/nscd/nscd.conf /etc/nscd.conf
mkdir -pv /var/cache/nscd

Install the systemd support files for nscd:

install -v -Dm644 ../glibc-2.19/nscd/nscd.tmpfiles /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/nscd.conf
install -v -Dm644 ../glibc-2.19/nscd/nscd.service /lib/systemd/system/nscd.service

10.7.2. Internationalization

The locales that can make the system respond in a different language were not installed by the above command. Install them with:

make localedata/install-locales

To save time, an alternative to running the previous command (which generates and installs every locale listed in the glibc-2.19/localedata/SUPPORTED file) is to install only those locales that are wanted and needed. This can be achieved by using the localedef command. Information on this command is located in the INSTALL file in the Glibc source. However, there are a number of locales that are essential in order for the tests of future packages to pass, in particular, the libstdc++ tests from GCC. The following instructions, instead of the install-locales target used above, will install the minimum set of locales necessary for the tests to run successfully:

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/locale
localedef -i cs_CZ -f UTF-8 cs_CZ.UTF-8
localedef -i de_DE -f ISO-8859-1 de_DE
localedef -i de_DE@euro -f ISO-8859-15 de_DE@euro
localedef -i en_HK -f ISO-8859-1 en_HK
localedef -i en_PH -f ISO-8859-1 en_PH
localedef -i en_US -f ISO-8859-1 en_US
localedef -i es_MX -f ISO-8859-1 es_MX
localedef -i fa_IR -f UTF-8 fa_IR
localedef -i fr_FR -f ISO-8859-1 fr_FR
localedef -i fr_FR@euro -f ISO-8859-15 fr_FR@euro
localedef -i it_IT -f ISO-8859-1 it_IT
localedef -i ja_JP -f EUC-JP ja_JP

Some locales installed by the make localedata/install-locales command above are not properly supported by some applications that are in CLFS and CBLFS. Because of the various problems that arise due to application programmers making assumptions that break in such locales, CLFS should not be used in locales that utilize multibyte character sets (including UTF-8) or right-to-left writing order. Numerous unofficial and unstable patches are required to fix these problems, and it has been decided by the CLFS developers not to support such complex locales at this time. This applies to the ja_JP and fa_IR locales as well—they have been installed only for GCC and Gettext tests to pass, and the watch program (part of the Procps-ng package) does not work properly in them. Various attempts to circumvent these restrictions are documented in internationalization-related hints.

10.7.3. Configuring Glibc

The /etc/nsswitch.conf file needs to be created because, although Glibc provides defaults when this file is missing or corrupt, the Glibc defaults do not work well in a networked environment. The time zone also needs to be configured.

Create a new file /etc/nsswitch.conf by running the following:

cat > /etc/nsswitch.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/nsswitch.conf

passwd: files
group: files
shadow: files

hosts: files dns
networks: files

protocols: files
services: files
ethers: files
rpc: files

# End /etc/nsswitch.conf
EOF

Install timezone data:

tar -xf ../tzdata2014d.tar.gz

ZONEINFO=/usr/share/zoneinfo
mkdir -pv $ZONEINFO/{posix,right}

for tz in etcetera southamerica northamerica europe africa antarctica  \
          asia australasia backward pacificnew \
          systemv; do
    zic -L /dev/null   -d $ZONEINFO       -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz}
    zic -L /dev/null   -d $ZONEINFO/posix -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz}
    zic -L leapseconds -d $ZONEINFO/right -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz}
done

cp -v zone.tab iso3166.tab $ZONEINFO
zic -d $ZONEINFO -p America/New_York
unset ZONEINFO

The meaning of the zic commands:

zic -L /dev/null ...

This creates posix timezones, without any leap seconds. It is conventional to put these in both zoneinfo and zoneinfo/posix. It is necessary to put the POSIX timezones in zoneinfo, otherwise various test-suites will report errors. On an embedded system, where space is tight and you do not intend to ever update the timezones, you could save 1.9MB by not using the posix directory, but some applications or test-suites might give less good results

zic -L leapseconds ...

This creates right timezones, including leap seconds. On an embedded system, where space is tight and you do not intend to ever update the timezones, or care about the correct time, you could save 1.9MB by omitting the right directory.

zic ... -p ...

This creates the posixrules file. We use New York because POSIX requires the daylight savings time rules to be in accordance with US rules.

To determine the local time zone, run the following script:

tzselect

After answering a few questions about the location, the script will output the name of the time zone (e.g., EST5EDT or Canada/Eastern). Then create the /etc/localtime file by running:

cp -v /usr/share/zoneinfo/[xxx] \
    /etc/localtime

Replace [xxx] with the name of the time zone that tzselect provided (e.g., Canada/Eastern).

10.7.4. Configuring The Dynamic Loader

By default, the dynamic loader (/lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2) searches through /lib and /usr/lib for dynamic libraries that are needed by programs as they are run. However, if there are libraries in directories other than /lib and /usr/lib, these need to be added to the /etc/ld.so.conf file in order for the dynamic loader to find them. Two directories that are commonly known to contain additional libraries are /usr/local/lib and /opt/lib, so add those directories to the dynamic loader's search path.

Create a new file /etc/ld.so.conf by running the following:

cat > /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/ld.so.conf

/usr/local/lib
/opt/lib

# End /etc/ld.so.conf
EOF

10.7.5. Contents of Glibc

Installed programs: catchsegv, gencat, getconf, getent, iconv, iconvconfig, ldconfig, ldd, lddlibc4, locale, localedef, makedb, mtrace, nscd, pcprofiledump, pldd, rpcgen, sln, sotruss, sprof, tzselect, xtrace, zdump, zic
Installed libraries: ld.so, libBrokenLocale.[a,so], libSegFault.so, libanl.[a,so], libc.[a,so], libc_nonshared.a, libcidn.[a,so], libcrypt.[a,so], libdl.[a,so], libg.a, libieee.a, libm.[a,so], libmcheck.a, libmemusage.so, libnsl.a, libnss_compat.so, libnss_dns.so, libnss_files.so, libnss_hesiod.so, libnss_nis.so, libnss_nisplus.so, libpcprofile.so, libpthread.[a,so], libpthread_nonshared.a, libresolv.[a,so], librpcsvc.a, librt.[a,so], libthread_db.so, libutil.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/arpa, /usr/include/bits, /usr/include/gnu, /usr/include/net, /usr/include/netash, /usr/include/netatalk, /usr/include/netax25, /usr/include/neteconet, /usr/include/netinet, /usr/include/netipx, /usr/include/netiucv, /usr/include/netpacket, /usr/include/netrom, /usr/include/netrose, /usr/include/nfs, /usr/include/protocols, /usr/include/rpc, /usr/include/rpcsvc, /usr/include/sys, /usr/lib/audit, /usr/lib/gconv, /usr/lib/glibc, /usr/lib/locale, /usr/share/i18n, /usr/share/zoneinfo, /var/cache/ldconfig, /var/cache/nscd

Short Descriptions

catchsegv

Can be used to create a stack trace when a program terminates with a segmentation fault

gencat

Generates message catalogues

getconf

Displays the system configuration values for file system specific variables

getent

Gets entries from an administrative database

iconv

Performs character set conversion

iconvconfig

Creates fastloading iconv module configuration files

ldconfig

Configures the dynamic linker runtime bindings

ldd

Reports which shared libraries are required by each given program or shared library

lddlibc4

Assists ldd with object files

locale

Tells the compiler to enable or disable the use of POSIX locales for built-in operations

localedef

Compiles locale specifications

makedb

Creates a simple database from textual input

mtrace

Reads and interprets a memory trace file and displays a summary in human-readable format

nscd

A daemon that provides a cache for the most common name service requests

pcprofiledump

Dumps information generated by PC profiling

pldd

Lists dynamic shared objects used by running processes

rpcgen

Generates C code to implement the Remote Procecure Call (RPC) protocol

sln

A statically linked program that creates symbolic links

sotruss

Traces shared library procedure calls of a specified command

sprof

Reads and displays shared object profiling data

tzselect

Asks the user about the location of the system and reports the corresponding time zone description

xtrace

Traces the execution of a program by printing the currently executed function

zdump

The time zone dumper

zic

The time zone compiler

ld.so

The helper program for shared library executables

libBrokenLocale

Used by programs, such as Mozilla, to solve broken locales

libSegFault

The segmentation fault signal handler

libanl

An asynchronous name lookup library

libc

The main C library

libcidn

Used internally by Glibc for handling internationalized domain names in the getaddrinfo() function

libcrypt

The cryptography library

libdl

The dynamic linking interface library

libg

A runtime library for g++

libieee

The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) floating point library

libm

The mathematical library

libmcheck

Contains code run at boot

libmemusage

Used by memusage (included in Glibc, but not built in a base CLFS system as it has additional dependencies) to help collect information about the memory usage of a program

libnsl

The network services library

libnss

The Name Service Switch libraries, containing functions for resolving host names, user names, group names, aliases, services, protocols, etc.

libpcprofile

Contains profiling functions used to track the amount of CPU time spent in specific source code lines

libpthread

The POSIX threads library

libresolv

Contains functions for creating, sending, and interpreting packets to the Internet domain name servers

librpcsvc

Contains functions providing miscellaneous RPC services

librt

Contains functions providing most of the interfaces specified by the POSIX.1b Realtime Extension

libthread_db

Contains functions useful for building debuggers for multi-threaded programs

libutil

Contains code for “standard” functions used in many different Unix utilities

10.8. Adjusting the Toolchain

Now we adjust GCC's specs so that they point to the new dynamic linker. A perl command accomplishes this:

gcc -dumpspecs | \
perl -p -e 's@/tools/lib/ld@/lib/ld@g;' \
     -e 's@\*startfile_prefix_spec:\n@$_/usr/lib/ @g;' > \
     $(dirname $(gcc --print-libgcc-file-name))/specs

The perl command above makes 2 modifications to GCC's specs: it removes “/tools” from the pathname to the dynamic linker, and adds “/usr/lib/” to the startfile_prefix_spec. It is a good idea to visually inspect the specs file, and compare with the output of gcc -dumpspecs, to verify that the intended changes were actually made.

Caution

It is imperative at this point to stop and ensure that the basic functions (compiling and linking) of the adjusted toolchain are working as expected. To do this, perform a sanity check:

echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c
gcc dummy.c
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /lib'

If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be:

[Requesting program interpreter: /lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2]

Note that /lib is now the prefix of our dynamic linker.

If the output does not appear as shown above or is not received at all, then something is seriously wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. The most likely reason is that something went wrong with the specs file amendment above. Any issues will need to be resolved before continuing on with the process.

Once everything is working correctly, clean up the test files:

rm -v dummy.c a.out

10.9. M4-1.4.17

The M4 package contains a macro processor.

10.9.1. Installation of M4

Prepare M4 for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.9.2. Contents of M4

Installed program: m4

Short Descriptions

m4

copies the given files while expanding the macros that they contain. These macros are either built-in or user-defined and can take any number of arguments. Besides performing macro expansion, m4 has built-in functions for including named files, running Unix commands, performing integer arithmetic, manipulating text, recursion, etc. The m4 program can be used either as a front-end to a compiler or as a macro processor in its own right.

10.10. GMP-6.0.0

GMP is a library for arithmetic on arbitrary precision integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.

10.10.1. Installation of GMP

Note

If you are compiling this package on a different CPU than you plan to run the CLFS system on, you must replace GMP's config.guess and config.sub wrappers with the originals. This will prevent GMP from optimizing for the wrong CPU. You can make this change with the following command:

mv -v config{fsf,}.guess
mv -v config{fsf,}.sub

Prepare GMP for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
CXX="g++ -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-cxx \
  --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gmp-6.0.0

Compile the package:

make

Build the HTML documentation:

make html

Test the results:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install the documentation:

make install-html

10.10.2. Contents of GMP

Installed libraries: libgmp.[a,so], libgmpxx.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/gmp-6.0.0

Short Descriptions

libgmp

Contains the definitions for GNU multiple precision functions.

libgmpxx

Contains a C++ class wrapper for GMP types.

10.11. MPFR-3.1.2

The MPFR library is a C library for multiple-precision floating-point computations with correct rounding.

10.11.1. Installation of MPFR

Apply a patch with upstream fixes:

patch -Np1 -i ../mpfr-3.1.2-fixes-4.patch

Prepare MPFR for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
    ./configure --prefix=/usr --with-gmp=/usr \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/mpfr-3.1.2

Compile the package:

make

Test the results:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.11.2. Contents of MPFR

Installed libraries: libmpfr.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/mpfr-3.1.2

Short Descriptions

libmpfr

The Multiple Precision Floating-Point Reliable Library.

10.12. MPC-1.0.2

MPC is a C library for the arithmetic of complex numbers with arbitrarily high precision and correct rounding of the result.

10.12.1. Installation of MPC

Prepare MPC for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/mpc-1.0.2

Compile the package:

make

Build the HTML documentation:

make html

Test the results:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install the HTML documentation:

make install-html

10.12.2. Contents of MPC

Installed libraries: libmpc.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/mpc-1.0.2

Short Descriptions

libmpc

The Multiple Precision Complex Library.

10.13. ISL-0.12.2

ISL is a library for manipulating sets and relations of integer points bounded by linear constraints.

10.13.1. Installation of ISL

Prepare ISL for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

Test the results:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Finally, move a misplaced file:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib
mv -v /usr/lib/libisl*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib

10.13.2. Contents of ISL

Installed libraries: libisl.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/include/isl

Short Descriptions

libisl

The Integer Set Library.

10.14. CLooG-0.18.2

CLooG is a library to generate code for scanning Z-polyhedra. In other words, it finds code that reaches each integral point of one or more parameterized polyhedra. GCC links with this library in order to enable the new loop generation code known as Graphite.

10.14.1. Installation of CLooG

Prepare CLooG for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr --with-isl=system

Apply a sed which prevents the attempted installation of an invalid file:

sed -i '/cmake/d' Makefile

Compile the package:

make

Test the results:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.14.2. Contents of CLooG

Installed program: cloog
Installed libraries: libcloog-isl.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/cloog

Short Descriptions

cloog

Loop generator for scanning Z-polyhedra

libcloog-isl

Isl backend for CLooG.

10.15. Zlib-1.2.8

The Zlib package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.

10.15.1. Installation of Zlib

Prepare Zlib for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
CXX="g++ -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

The previous command installed two .so files into /usr/lib. We will move them into /lib and then recreate a link in /usr/lib:

mv -v /usr/lib/libz.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libz.so) /usr/lib/libz.so

Install the documentation:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/zlib-1.2.8
cp -rv doc/* examples /usr/share/doc/zlib-1.2.8

10.15.2. Contents of Zlib

Installed libraries: libz.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/zlib-1.2.8

Short Descriptions

libz

Contains compression and decompression functions used by some programs

10.16. Flex-2.5.39

The Flex package contains a utility for generating programs that recognize patterns in text.

10.16.1. Installation of Flex

Prepare Flex for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/flex-2.5.39

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

The test suite will report 3 failures for tests that use bison, which is not installed yet. For full test coverage, you can run Flex's test suite again after Bison is installed.

Install the package:

make install

A few programs do not know about flex yet and try to run its predecessor, lex. To support those programs, create a wrapper script named lex that calls flex in lex emulation mode:

cat > /usr/bin/lex << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin /usr/bin/lex

exec /usr/bin/flex -l "$@"

# End /usr/bin/lex
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/lex

10.16.2. Contents of Flex

Installed programs: flex, flex++ (link to flex), lex
Installed libraries: libfl.[a,so], libfl_pic.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/flex-2.5.39

Short Descriptions

flex

A tool for generating programs that recognize patterns in text; it allows for the versatility to specify the rules for pattern-finding, eradicating the need to develop a specialized program

flex++

Link to flex which makes it generate C++ scanner classes

lex

A script that runs flex in lex emulation mode

libfl

The flex library

libfl_pic

The flex library

10.17. Bison-3.0.2

The Bison package contains a parser generator.

10.17.1. Installation of Bison

Prepare Bison for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.17.2. Contents of Bison

Installed programs: bison, yacc
Installed library: liby.a
Installed directory: /usr/share/bison

Short Descriptions

bison

Generates, from a series of rules, a program for analyzing the structure of text files; Bison is a replacement for Yacc (Yet Another Compiler Compiler)

yacc

A wrapper for bison, meant for programs that still call yacc instead of bison; it calls bison with the -y option

liby.a

The Yacc library containing implementations of Yacc-compatible yyerror and main functions; this library is normally not very useful, but POSIX requires it

10.18. Binutils-2.24

The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.

10.18.1. Installation of Binutils

Verify that the PTYs are working properly inside the build environment. Check that everything is set up correctly by performing a simple test:

expect -c "spawn ls"

This command should give the following output:

spawn ls

If, instead, it gives a message saying to create more ptys, then the environment is not set up for proper PTY operation. This issue needs to be resolved before running the test suites for Binutils and GCC.

The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../binutils-build
cd ../binutils-build

Prepare Binutils for compilation:

CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ../binutils-2.24/configure --prefix=/usr \
    --libdir=/usr/lib --enable-shared \
    --disable-multilib --enable-64-bit-bfd

Compile the package:

make tooldir=/usr

The meaning of the make parameter:

tooldir=/usr

Normally, the tooldir (the directory where the executables will ultimately be located) is set to $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias). Because this is a custom system, this target-specific directory in /usr is not required.

Important

Due to Binutils' critical role in a properly functioning system, the CLFS developers strongly recommend running the testsuite.

The ld test suite accesses /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so in some of the tests. The following symbolic link will allow this:

ln -sv /lib /lib64

Test the results:

make check

Now remove the temporary symlink:

rm -v /lib64

Now that the tests have completed, remove the symlinks in /usr/lib64 - they should be the only things in that directory, so we can remove it without force:

rm -v /usr/lib64/libstd*so*
rmdir -v /usr/lib64

Install the package:

make tooldir=/usr install

10.18.2. Contents of Binutils

Installed programs: addr2line, ar, as, c++filt, elfedit, gprof, ld, ld.bfd, nm, objcopy, objdump, ranlib, readelf, size, strings, strip
Installed libraries: libbfd.[a,so], libopcodes.[a,so]
Installed directory: /usr/lib/ldscripts

Short Descriptions

addr2line

Translates program addresses to file names and line numbers; given an address and the name of an executable, it uses the debugging information in the executable to determine which source file and line number are associated with the address

ar

Creates, modifies, and extracts from archives

as

An assembler that assembles the output of gcc into object files

c++filt

Used by the linker to de-mangle C++ and Java symbols and to keep overloaded functions from clashing

elfedit

Updates the ELF header of ELF files

gprof

Displays call graph profile data

ld

A linker that combines a number of object and archive files into a single file, relocating their data and tying up symbol references

ld.bfd

Hard link to ld

nm

Lists the symbols occurring in a given object file

objcopy

Translates one type of object file into another

objdump

Displays information about the given object file, with options controlling the particular information to display; the information shown is useful to programmers who are working on the compilation tools

ranlib

Generates an index of the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive; the index lists all of the symbols defined by archive members that are relocatable object files

readelf

Displays information about ELF type binaries

size

Lists the section sizes and the total size for the given object files

strings

Outputs, for each given file, the sequences of printable characters that are of at least the specified length (defaulting to four); for object files, it prints, by default, only the strings from the initializing and loading sections while for other types of files, it scans the entire file

strip

Discards symbols from object files

libbfd

The Binary File Descriptor library

libopcodes

A library for dealing with opcodes—the “readable text” versions of instructions for the processor; it is used for building utilities like objdump.

10.19. GCC-4.8.3

The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.

10.19.1. Installation of GCC

The following patch contains a number of updates to the 4.8.3 branch by the GCC developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-branch_update-1.patch

Apply the following patch so that GCC links to /lib instead of /lib64:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-4.8.3-pure64-1.patch

Apply a sed substitution that will suppress the execution of the fixincludes script:

sed -i 's@\./fixinc\.sh@-c true@' gcc/Makefile.in

The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:

mkdir -v ../gcc-build
cd ../gcc-build

Prepare GCC for compilation:

SED=sed CC="gcc -isystem /usr/include" \
CXX="g++ -isystem /usr/include" \
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-rpath-link,/usr/lib:/lib" \
  ../gcc-4.8.3/configure --prefix=/usr \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib --enable-threads=posix \
    --enable-__cxa_atexit --enable-clocale=gnu --enable-languages=c,c++ \
    --disable-multilib --disable-libstdcxx-pch \
    --with-system-zlib --enable-checking=release --enable-libstdcxx-time

The meaning of the new configure option:

SED=sed

This prevents a hard-coded path to /tools/bin/sed in the fixincl program.

Compile the package:

make

Important

Due to GCC's critical role in a properly functioning system, the CLFS developers strongly recommend running the testsuite.

Increase the stack size prior to running the tests:

ulimit -s 32768

Test the results, but do not stop at errors:

make -k check

The -k flag is used to make the test suite run through to completion and not stop at the first failure. The GCC test suite is very comprehensive and is almost guaranteed to generate a few failures. To receive a summary of the test suite results, run:

../gcc-4.8.3/contrib/test_summary

For only the summaries, pipe the output through grep -A7 Summ.

A few unexpected failures cannot always be avoided. The GCC developers are usually aware of these issues, but have not resolved them yet.

Install the package:

make install

Install the libiberty header file that is needed by some packages:

cp -v ../gcc-4.8.3/include/libiberty.h /usr/include

Some packages expect the C preprocessor to be installed in the /lib directory. To support those packages, create this symlink:

ln -sv ../usr/bin/cpp /lib

Many packages use the name cc to call the C compiler. To satisfy those packages, create a symlink:

ln -sv gcc /usr/bin/cc

Finally, move a misplaced file:

mv -v /usr/lib/libstdc++*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib

10.19.2. Contents of GCC

Installed programs: c++, cc (link to gcc), cpp, g++, gcc, gcov
Installed libraries: libasan.[a,so], libatomic.[a,so], libgcc.a, libgcc_eh.a, libgcc_s.so, libgcov.a, libgomp.[a,so], libiberty.a, libitm.[a,so], liblto_plugin.so, libmudflap.[a,so], libmudflapth.[a,so], libquadmath.[a,so], libssp.[a,so], libssp_nonshared.a, libstdc++.[a,so], libsupc++.a, libtsan.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/c++, /usr/lib/gcc, /usr/share/gcc-4.8.3

Short Descriptions

cc

The C compiler

cpp

The C preprocessor; it is used by the compiler to expand the #include, #define, and similar statements in the source files

c++

The C++ compiler

g++

The C++ compiler

gcc

The C compiler

gcov

A coverage testing tool; it is used to analyze programs to determine where optimizations will have the most effect

libasan

The Address Sanitizer runtime library

libatomic

A GCC support runtime library for atomic operations not supported by hardware

libgcc

Contains run-time support for gcc

libgcov

Library that is linked into a program when gcc is instructed to enable profiling

libgomp

GNU implementation of the OpenMP API for multi-platform shared-memory parallel programming in C/C++ and Fortran

libiberty

Contains routines used by various GNU programs, including getopt, obstack, strerror, strtol, and strtoul

libitm

The GNU Transactional Memory Library, which provides transaction support for accesses to a process's memory

liblto_plugin

Runtime library for GCC's link-time optimization plugin

libmudflap

The libmudflap libraries are used by GCC for instrumenting pointer and array dereferencing operations.

libquadmath

The GCC Quad-Precision Math Libarary API

libssp

Contains routines supporting GCC's stack-smashing protection functionality

libstdc++

The standard C++ library

libsupc++

Provides supporting routines for the C++ programming language

libtsan

The Thread Sanitizer runtime library

10.20. Attr-2.4.47

Attr is a library for getting and setting POSIX.1e (formerly POSIX 6) draft 15 capabilities.

10.20.1. Installation of Attr

Apply a sed to install the documentation with a versioned directory:

sed -i -e 's|/@pkg_name@|&-@pkg_version@|' include/builddefs.in

Prepare Attr for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

The tests need to run with a filesystem which supports extended attributes. Test the results:

make -j1 tests root-tests

Install the package:

make install install-dev install-lib

Move the shared library to /lib and recreate the symlink in /usr/lib :

mv -v /usr/lib/libattr.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libattr.so) /usr/lib/libattr.so

Set the proper permissions on the shared library:

chmod 755 -v /lib/libattr.so.1.1.0

10.20.2. Contents of Attr

Installed programs: attr, getfattr, setfattr
Installed libraries: libattr.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/attr, /usr/share/doc/attr-2.4.47

Short Descriptions

attr

Manage extended attributes on filesystem objects

getfattr

Get extended attributes of filesystem objects

setfattr

Set extended attributes of filesystem objects

libattr

Library to manage extended attributes on filesystem objects

10.21. ACL-2.2.52

ACL is a library for getting and setting POSIX Access Control Lists.

10.21.1. Installation of ACL

Apply a sed to install the documentation with a versioned directory:

sed -i -e 's|/@pkg_name@|&-@pkg_version@|' include/builddefs.in

Apply a sed to fix a few tests:

sed -i "s:| sed.*::g" test/{sbits-restore,cp,misc}.test

Prepare ACL for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib

Compile the package:

make

The Acl tests need a filesystem which supports access controls after Coreutils has been built with the Acl libraries. Return to this section after Coreutils has been installed. Test the results:

make tests

Install the package:

make install install-dev install-lib

Move the shared library to /lib and recreate the symlink in /usr/lib:

mv -v /usr/lib/libacl.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/libacl.so.1 /usr/lib/libacl.so

Set the proper permissions on the shared library:

chmod 755 -v /lib/libacl.so.1.1.0

10.21.2. Contents of ACL

Installed programs: chacl, getfacl, setfacl
Installed libraries: libattr.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/acl, /usr/share/doc/acl-2.2.52

Short Descriptions

chacl

Changes the access control list of a file or directory

getfacl

Get file access control lists

setfacl

Set file access control lists

libacl

Library to manage access control lists

10.22. Sed-4.2.2

The Sed package contains a stream editor.

10.22.1. Installation of Sed

Prepare Sed for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/sed-4.2.2

Compile the package:

make

Build the HTML documentation:

make html

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install the HTML documentation:

make -C doc install-html

10.22.2. Contents of Sed

Installed program: sed
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/sed-4.2.2

Short Descriptions

sed

Filters and transforms text files in a single pass

10.23. Pkg-config-lite-0.28-1

Pkg-config-lite is a tool to help you insert the correct compiler options on the command line when compiling applications and libraries.

10.23.1. Installation of Pkg-config-lite

Prepare Pkg-config-lite for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pkg-config-0.28-1

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.23.2. Contents of Pkg-config-lite

Installed programs: pkg-config
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/pkg-config-0.28-1

Short Descriptions

pkg-config

The pkg-config program is used to retrieve information about installed libraries in the system. It is typically used to compile and link against one or more libraries.

10.24. Ncurses-5.9

The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.

10.24.1. Installation of Ncurses

The following patch contains updates from the 5.9 branch by the Ncurses developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../ncurses-5.9-branch_update-4.patch

Prepare Ncurses for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/lib \
    --with-shared --without-debug --enable-widec \
    --with-manpage-format=normal --enable-pc-files \
    --with-default-terminfo-dir=/usr/share/terminfo

The meaning of the new configure option:

--with-manpage-format=normal

This tells Ncurses not to compress its installed manpages.

--enable-pc-files

This tells Ncurses to generate and install .pc files for pkg-config.

Compile the package:

make

This package has a test suite, but it can only be run after the package is installed. The tests are in the test/ directory. See the README file in that directory for details.

Install the package:

make install

Move the Ncurses static libraries to the proper location:

mv -v /lib/lib{panelw,menuw,formw,ncursesw,ncurses++w}.a /usr/lib

Create symlinks in /usr/lib:

ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libncursesw.so) /usr/lib/libncursesw.so
ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libmenuw.so) /usr/lib/libmenuw.so
ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libpanelw.so) /usr/lib/libpanelw.so
ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libformw.so) /usr/lib/libformw.so
rm -v /lib/lib{ncursesw,menuw,panelw,formw}.so

Many packages that use Ncurses will compile just fine against the widechar libraries, but won't know to look for them. Create linker scripts and symbolic links to allow older and non-widec compatible programs to build properly:

for lib in curses ncurses form panel menu ; do
        echo "INPUT(-l${lib}w)" > /usr/lib/lib${lib}.so
        ln -sfv lib${lib}w.a /usr/lib/lib${lib}.a
done
ln -sfv libncursesw.so /usr/lib/libcursesw.so
ln -sfv libncursesw.a /usr/lib/libcursesw.a
ln -sfv libncurses++w.a /usr/lib/libncurses++.a
ln -sfv ncursesw5-config /usr/bin/ncurses5-config

10.24.2. Contents of Ncurses

Installed programs: captoinfo (link to tic), clear, infocmp, infotocap (link to tic), ncursesw5-config, reset (link to tset), tabs, tic, toe, tput, tset
Installed libraries: libcursesw.so (link to libncursesw.so), libformw.[a,so], libmenuw.[a,so], libncurses++w.a, libncursesw.[a,so], libpanelw.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/share/tabset, /usr/share/terminfo

Short Descriptions

captoinfo

Converts a termcap description into a terminfo description

clear

Clears the screen, if possible

infocmp

Compares or prints out terminfo descriptions

infotocap

Converts a terminfo description into a termcap description

ncursesw5-config

Provides configuration information for ncurses

reset

Reinitializes a terminal to its default values

tabs

Sets and clears tab stops on a terminal

tic

The terminfo entry-description compiler that translates a terminfo file from source format into the binary format needed for the ncurses library routines. A terminfo file contains information on the capabilities of a certain terminal

toe

Lists all available terminal types, giving the primary name and description for each

tput

Makes the values of terminal-dependent capabilities available to the shell; it can also be used to reset or initialize a terminal or report its long name

tset

Can be used to initialize terminals

libcursesw

A link to libncursesw

libncursesw

Contains functions to display text in many complex ways on a terminal screen; a good example of the use of these functions is the menu displayed during the kernel's make menuconfig

libformw

Contains functions to implement forms

libmenuw

Contains functions to implement menus

libpanelw

Contains functions to implement panels

10.25. Shadow-4.2.1

The Shadow package contains programs for handling passwords in a secure way.

10.25.1. Installation of Shadow

Note

If you would like to enforce the use of strong passwords, refer to http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Cracklib for installing Cracklib prior to building Shadow. After Cracklib is installed, execute this sed in Shadow's source directory to correct the path to the Cracklib dictionary:

sed -i 's@\(DICTPATH.\).*@\1/lib/cracklib/pw_dict@' etc/login.defs

Finally, add --with-libcrack to the configure command below.

Disable the installation of the groups and nologin programs and their man pages, as better versions of these programs are provided by Coreutils and Util-linux:

sed -i src/Makefile.in \
  -e 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' -e 's/= nologin$(EXEEXT)/= /'
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i \
  -e 's/man1\/groups\.1 //' -e 's/man8\/nologin\.8 //' '{}' \;

Prepare Shadow for compilation:

./configure --sysconfdir=/etc

The meaning of the new configure option:

--sysconfdir=/etc

Tells Shadow to install its configuration files into /etc, rather than /usr/etc.

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

Instead of using the default DES method, use the more secure SHA512 method of password encryption, which also allows passwords longer than 8 characters. It is also necessary to change the obsolete /var/spool/mail location for user mailboxes that Shadow uses by default to the /var/mail location used currently. Use the following sed command to make these changes to the appropriate configuration file:

sed -i /etc/login.defs \
    -e 's@#\(ENCRYPT_METHOD \).*@\1SHA512@' \
    -e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@'

Move a misplaced program to its proper location:

mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin

The login program will write to /var/log/lastlog, if it exists, to record the date and time of the latest successful login for each user. This log file is not created automatically if it does not already exist, so we will create it now and give it appropriate ownership and permissions:

touch /var/log/lastlog
chgrp -v utmp /var/log/lastlog
chmod -v 664 /var/log/lastlog

10.25.2. Configuring Shadow

This package contains utilities to add, modify, and delete users and groups; set and change their passwords; and perform other administrative tasks. For a full explanation of what password shadowing means, see the doc/HOWTO file within the unpacked source tree. If using Shadow support, keep in mind that programs which need to verify passwords (display managers, FTP programs, pop3 daemons, etc.) must be Shadow-compliant. That is, they need to be able to work with shadowed passwords.

To enable shadowed passwords, run the following command:

pwconv

To enable shadowed group passwords, run:

grpconv

To view or change the default settings for new user accounts that you create, you can edit /etc/default/useradd. See man useradd or http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Configuring_for_Adding_Users for more information.

10.25.3. Setting the root password

Choose a password for user root and set it by running:

passwd root

10.25.4. Contents of Shadow

Installed programs: chage, chfn, chgpasswd, chpasswd, chsh, expiry, faillog, gpasswd, groupadd, groupdel, groupmems, groupmod, grpck, grpconv, grpunconv, lastlog, login, logoutd, newgrp, newusers, passwd, pwck, pwconv, pwunconv, sg (link to newgrp), su, useradd, userdel, usermod, vigr (link to vipw), vipw
Installed directory: /etc/default

Short Descriptions

chage

Used to change the maximum number of days between obligatory password changes

chfn

Used to change a user's full name and other information

chgpasswd

Used to update group passwords in batch mode

chpasswd

Used to update the passwords of an entire series of user accounts

chsh

Used to change a user's default login shell

expiry

Checks and enforces the current password expiration policy

faillog

Is used to examine the log of login failures, to set a maximum number of failures before an account is blocked, or to reset the failure count

gpasswd

Is used to add and delete members and administrators to groups

groupadd

Creates a group with the given name

groupdel

Deletes the group with the given name

groupmems

Allows a user to administer his/her own group membership list without the requirement of superuser privileges

groupmod

Is used to modify the given group's name or GID

grpck

Verifies the integrity of the group files /etc/group and /etc/gshadow

grpconv

Creates or updates the shadow group file from the normal group file

grpunconv

Updates /etc/group from /etc/gshadow and then deletes the latter

lastlog

Reports the most recent login of all users or of a given user

login

Is used by the system to let users sign on

logoutd

Is a daemon used to enforce restrictions on log-on time and ports

newgrp

Is used to change the current GID during a login session

newusers

Is used to create or update an entire series of user accounts

passwd

Is used to change the password for a user or group account

pwck

Verifies the integrity of the password files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow

pwconv

Creates or updates the shadow password file from the normal password file

pwunconv

Updates /etc/passwd from /etc/shadow and then deletes the latter

sg

Executes a given command while the user's GID is set to that of the given group

su

Runs a shell with substitute user and group IDs

useradd

Creates a new user with the given name, or updates the default new-user information

userdel

Deletes the given user account

usermod

Is used to modify the given user's login name, User Identification (UID), shell, initial group, home directory, etc.

vigr

Edits the /etc/group or /etc/gshadow files

vipw

Edits the /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow files

10.26. Util-linux-2.24.2

The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.

10.26.1. FHS compliance notes

The FHS recommends using the /var/lib/hwclock directory instead of the usual /etc directory as the location for the adjtime file. To make the hwclock program FHS-compliant, run the following:

sed -i -e 's@etc/adjtime@var/lib/hwclock/adjtime@g' \
    $(grep -rl '/etc/adjtime' .)
mkdir -pv /var/lib/hwclock

10.26.2. Installation of Util-linux

Note

findmnt and lsblk can utilize libudev for WWN and serial number information. If this is desired, rebuild Util-linux after Section 10.64, “Systemd-213”

Prepare Util-linux for compilation:

./configure --enable-write --docdir=/usr/share/doc/util-linux-2.24.2

The meaning of the configure options:

--enable-write

This option allows the write program to be installed.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

chown -Rv nobody . &&
su nobody -s /bin/bash -c "PATH=$PATH make -k check"

Install the package:

make install

10.26.3. Contents of Util-linux

Installed programs: addpart, agetty, blkdiscard, blkid, blockdev, cal, cfdisk, chcpu, chrt, col, colcrt, colrm, column, ctrlaltdel, cytune, delpart, dmesg, eject, fallocate, fdformat, fdisk, findfs, findmnt, flock, fsck, fsck.cramfs, fsck.minix, fsfreeze, fstrim, getopt, hexdump, hwclock, ionice, ipcmk, ipcrm, ipcs, isosize, kill, last, lastb (link to last), ldattach, logger, look, losetup, lsblk, lscpu, lslocks, mcookie, mesg, mkfs, mkfs.bfs, mkfs.cramfs, mkfs.minix, mkswap, more, mount, mountpoint, namei, nologin, nsenter, partx, pg, pivot_root, prlimit, raw, readprofile, rename, renice, resizepart, rev, rtcwake, script, scriptreplay, setarch, setsid, setterm, sfdisk, sulogin, swaplabel, swapoff, swapon, switch_root, tailf, taskset, ul, umount, unshare, utmpdump, uuidd, uuidgen, wall, wdctl, whereis, wipefs, write
Installed libraries: libblkid.[a,so], libmount.[a,so], libuuid.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/blkid, /usr/include/libmount, /usr/include/uuid, /usr/share/bash-completion, /usr/share/doc/util-linux-2.24.2/getopt, /var/lib/hwclock

Short Descriptions

addpart

Informs the kernel of a new partition

agetty

Opens a tty port, prompts for a login name, and then invokes the login program

blkdiscard

Discards sectors on a device

blkid

A command line utility to locate and print block device attributes

blockdev

Allows users to call block device ioctls from the command line

cal

Displays a simple calendar

cfdisk

Manipulates the partition table of the given device

chcpu

Utility to configure CPUs

chrt

Manipulates real-time attributes of a process

col

Filters out reverse line feeds

colcrt

Filters nroff output for terminals that lack some capabilities, such as overstriking and half-lines

colrm

Filters out the given columns

column

Formats a given file into multiple columns

ctrlaltdel

Sets the function of the Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination to a hard or a soft reset

cytune

Tunes the parameters of the serial line drivers for Cyclades cards

delpart

Asks the kernel to remove a partition

dmesg

Dumps the kernel boot messages

eject

Eject removable media

fallocate

Preallocates space to a file

fdformat

Low-level formats a floppy disk

fdisk

Manipulates the partition table of the given device

findfs

Finds a file system by label or Universally Unique Identifier (UUID)

findmnt

Lists mounted filesystems or searches for a filesystem

flock

Acquires a file lock and then executes a command with the lock held

fsck

Is used to check, and optionally repair, file systems

fsck.cramfs

Performs a consistency check on the Cramfs file system on the given device

fsck.minix

Performs a consistency check on the Minix file system on the given device

fsfreeze

Suspends and resumes access to a filesystem

fstrim

Discards unused blocks on a mounted filesystem

getopt

Parses options in the given command line

hexdump

Dumps the given file in hexadecimal or in another given format

hwclock

Reads or sets the system's hardware clock, also called the Real-Time Clock (RTC) or Basic Input-Output System (BIOS) clock

ionice

Gives and sets program I/O scheduling class and priority

ipcmk

Creates various IPC resources

ipcrm

Removes the given Inter-Process Communication (IPC) resource

ipcs

Provides IPC status information

isosize

Reports the size of an iso9660 file system

kill

Send a signal to a process

last

Shows which users last logged in (and out), searching back through the /var/log/wtmp file; it also shows system boots, shutdowns, and run-level changes

lastb

Shows the failed login attempts, as logged in /var/log/btmp

ldattach

Attaches a line discipline to a serial line

logger

Enters the given message into the system log

look

Displays lines that begin with the given string

losetup

Sets up and controls loop devices

lsblk

Prints information about block devices

lscpu

Prints CPU architecture information

lslocks

Lists local system locks

mcookie

Generates magic cookies (128-bit random hexadecimal numbers) for xauth

mesg

Controls whether other users can send messages to the current user's terminal

mkfs

Builds a file system on a device (usually a hard disk partition)

mkfs.bfs

Creates a Santa Cruz Operations (SCO) bfs file system

mkfs.cramfs

Creates a cramfs file system

mkfs.minix

Creates a Minix file system

mkswap

Initializes the given device or file to be used as a swap area

more

A filter for paging through text one screen at a time

mount

Attaches the file system on the given device to a specified directory in the file-system tree

mountpoint

Tells you whether or not a directory is a mount point.

namei

Shows the symbolic links in the given pathnames

nologin

Displays a message that an account is not available. Designed to be used as the default shell for accounts that have been disabled

nsenter

Runs a program with namespaces of other processes

partx

Tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions

pg

Displays a text file one screen full at a time

pivot_root

Makes the given file system the new root file system of the current process

prlimit

Gets and sets a process' resource limits

raw

Binds a Linux raw character device to a block device

readprofile

Reads kernel profiling information

rename

Renames the given files, replacing a given string with another

renice

Alters the priority of running processes

resizepart

Asks the Linux kernel to resize a partition

rev

Reverses the lines of a given file

rtcwake

Enters a system sleep state until a specified wakeup time

script

Makes a typescript of a terminal session

scriptreplay

Plays back typescripts created by script

setarch

Changes reported architecture in new program environment and sets personality flags

setsid

Runs the given program in a new session

setterm

Sets terminal attributes

sfdisk

A disk partition table manipulator

sulogin

Allows root to log in; it is normally invoked by init when the system goes into single user mode

swaplabel

Prints or changes the label or UUID of a swap area

swapoff

Disables devices and files for paging and swapping

swapon

Enables devices and files for paging and swapping and lists the devices and files currently in use

switch_root

Switches to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree

tailf

Tracks the growth of a log file. Displays the last 10 lines of a log file, then continues displaying any new entries in the log file as they are created

taskset

Retrieves or sets a process's CPU affinity

ul

A filter for translating underscores into escape sequences indicating underlining for the terminal in use

umount

Disconnects a file system from the system's file tree

unshare

Runs a program with some namespaces unshared from parent

utmpdump

Displays the content of the given login file in a more user-friendly format

uuidd

A daemon used by the UUID library to generate time-based UUIDs in a secure and guranteed-unique fashion.

uuidgen

Creates new UUIDs. Each new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created, on the local system and on other systems, in the past and in the future

wall

Writes a message to all logged-in users

wdctl

Show hardware watchdog status

whereis

Reports the location of the binary, source, and man page for the given command

wipefs

Wipes a filesystem signature from a device

write

Sends a message to the given user if that user has not disabled receipt of such messages

libblkid

Contains routines for device identification and token extraction

libmount

Contains routines for parsing the /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab, and /proc/self/mountinfo files, managing /etc/mtab, and configuring various mount options

libuuid

Contains routines for generating unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system

10.27. Procps-ng-3.3.9

The Procps-ng package contains programs for monitoring processes.

10.27.1. Installation of Procps-ng

Prepare procps-ng for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --exec-prefix= \
    --libdir=/usr/lib --docdir=/usr/share/doc/procps-ng-3.3.9 \
    --disable-kill

The meaning of the configure options:

--disable-kill

This switch disables building the kill program - a better version was installed by the Util-linux package.

Compile the package:

make

Note

When using the boot method, two tests will fail if the hostname is not set. If you have booted the temporary system, and want to run the test suite, run the following command:

hostname clfs

If running the testsuite, first disable a test which fails when scripting does not use a tty device:

sed -i -r 's|(pmap_initname)\\\$|\1|' testsuite/pmap.test/pmap.exp
make check

Install the package:

make install

Move essential files to a location that can be found if /usr is not mounted:

mv -v /usr/bin/pidof /bin
mv -v /usr/lib/libprocps.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libprocps.so) /usr/lib/libprocps.so

10.27.2. Contents of Procps-ng

Installed programs: free, pgrep, pidof, pkill, pmap, ps, pwdx, slabtop, sysctl, tload, top, uptime, vmstat, w, watch
Installed library: libprocps.{a,so}
Installed directories: /usr/include/proc, /usr/share/doc/procps-ng-3.3.9

Short Descriptions

free

Reports the amount of free and used memory (both physical and swap memory) in the system

pgrep

Looks up processes based on their name and other attributes

pidof

Reports the PIDs of the given programs

pkill

Signals processes based on their name and other attributes

pmap

Reports the memory map of the given process

ps

Lists the current running processes

pwdx

Reports the current working directory of a process

slabtop

Displays detailed kernel slab cache information in real time

sysctl

Modifies kernel parameters at run time

tload

Prints a graph of the current system load average

top

Displays a list of the most CPU intensive processes; it provides an ongoing look at processor activity in real time

uptime

Reports how long the system has been running, how many users are logged on, and the system load averages

vmstat

Reports virtual memory statistics, giving information about processes, memory, paging, block Input/Output (IO), traps, and CPU activity

w

Shows which users are currently logged on, where, and since when

watch

Runs a given command repeatedly, displaying the first screen-full of its output; this allows a user to watch the output change over time

libprocps

Contains the functions used by most programs in this package

10.28. E2fsprogs-1.42.9

The E2fsprogs package contains the utilities for handling the ext2 file system. It also supports the ext3 and ext4 journaling file systems.

10.28.1. Installation of E2fsprogs

The E2fsprogs documentation recommends that the package be built in a subdirectory of the source tree:

mkdir -v build
cd build

Prepare E2fsprogs for compilation:

../configure --prefix=/usr --with-root-prefix="" \
    --enable-elf-shlibs --disable-libblkid \
    --disable-libuuid --disable-fsck \
    --disable-uuidd

The meaning of the configure options:

--with-root-prefix=""

Certain programs (such as the e2fsck program) are considered essential programs. When, for example, /usr is not mounted, these programs still need to be available. They belong in directories like /lib and /sbin. If this option is not passed to E2fsprogs' configure, the programs are installed into the /usr directory.

--enable-elf-shlibs

This creates the shared libraries which some programs in this package use.

--disable-*

This prevents E2fsprogs from building and installing the libuuid and libblkid libraries, the uuidd daemon, and the fsck wrapper, as Util-Linux installed all of them earlier.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the binaries, documentation and shared libraries:

make install

Install the static libraries and headers:

make install-libs

10.28.2. Contents of E2fsprogs

Installed programs: badblocks, chattr, compile_et, debugfs, dumpe2fs, e2freefrag, e2fsck, e2image, e2initrd_helper, e2label, e2undo, e4defrag, filefrag, fsck.ext2, fsck.ext3, fsck.ext4, fsck.ext4dev, logsave, lsattr, mk_cmds, mke2fs, mkfs.ext2, mkfs.ext3, mkfs.ext4, mkfs.ext4dev, mklost+found, resize2fs, tune2fs
Installed libraries: libcom_err.[a,so], libe2p.[a,so], libext2fs.[a,so], libss.[a,so], libquota.a
Installed directories: /usr/include/e2p, /usr/include/et, /usr/include/ext2fs, /usr/include/quota, /usr/include/ss, /usr/share/et, /usr/share/ss

Short Descriptions

badblocks

Searches a device (usually a disk partition) for bad blocks

chattr

Changes the attributes on a Linux file system

compile_et

An error table compiler; it converts a table of error-code names and messages into a C source file suitable for use with the com_err library

debugfs

A file system debugger; it can be used to examine and change the state of an ext2 file system

dumpe2fs

Prints the super block and blocks group information for the file system present on a given device

e2freefrag

Reports free space fragmentation information

e2fsck

Is used to check, and optionally repair ext2, ext3 and ext4file systems

e2image

Is used to save critical ext2 file system data to a file

e2initrd_helper

Prints the FS type of a given filesystem, given either a device name or label

e2label

Displays or changes the file system label on the ext2 file system present on a given device

e2undo

Replays an undo log for an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem

e4defrag

Online defragmenter for ext4 filesystems

filefrag

Reports on how badly fragmented a particular file might be

fsck.ext2

By default checks ext2 file systems

fsck.ext3

By default checks ext3 file systems

fsck.ext4

By default checks ext4 file systems

fsck.ext4dev

By default checks ext4dev file systems

logsave

Saves the output of a command in a log file

lsattr

Lists the attributes of files on a second extended file system

mk_cmds

Converts a table of command names and help messages into a C source file suitable for use with the libss subsystem library

mke2fs

Creates an ext2, ext3 or ext4 file system on the given device

mkfs.ext2

By default creates ext2 file systems

mkfs.ext3

By default creates ext3 file systems

mkfs.ext4

By default creates ext4 file systems

mkfs.ext4dev

By default creates ext4dev file systems

mklost+found

Used to create a lost+found directory on an ext2 file system; it pre-allocates disk blocks to this directory to lighten the task of e2fsck

resize2fs

Can be used to enlarge or shrink an ext2 file system

tune2fs

Adjusts tunable file system parameters on an ext2 file system

libcom_err

The common error display routine

libe2p

Used by dumpe2fs, chattr, and lsattr

libext2fs

Contains routines to enable user-level programs to manipulate an ext2 file system

libquota

Provides an interface for creating and updating quota files and ext4 superblock fields

libss

Used by debugfs

10.29. Libcap-2.24

Libcap is a library for getting and setting POSIX.1e (formerly POSIX 6) draft 15 capabilities.

10.29.1. Installation of Libcap

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make RAISE_SETFCAP=no install
chmod -v 755 /lib/libcap.so.2.24
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libcap.so) /usr/lib/libcap.so
rm -v /lib/libcap.so
mv -v /lib/libcap.a /usr/lib

The meaning of the make option:

RAISE_SETFCAP=no

This prevents setcap from being run on itself, which will fail if the kernel or file system does not support extended capabilities.

10.29.2. Contents of Libcap

Installed programs: capsh, getcap, getpcaps, setcap
Installed libraries: libcap.[a,so]

Short Descriptions

capsh

Capability support and use can be explored and constrained with this tool

getcap

Examines file capabilities

getpcaps

Displays the capabilities on the queried process(es)

setcap

Sets file capabilities

libcap

Library for setting and clearing POSIX.1e capabilities

10.30. Coreutils-8.22

The Coreutils package contains utilities for showing and setting the basic system characteristics.

10.30.1. Installation of Coreutils

A known issue with the uname program from this package is that the -p switch always returns unknown. The following patch fixes this behavior for all architectures:

patch -Np1 -i ../coreutils-8.22-uname-1.patch

Now prepare Coreutils for compilation:

FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 \
  ./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime \
    --enable-install-program=hostname --libexecdir=/usr/lib

The meaning of the configure options:

FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1

Forces Coreutils to compile when using the root user.

Compile the package:

make

Now the test suite is ready to be run. First, run the tests that are meant to be run as user root:

make NON_ROOT_USERNAME=nobody check-root

The test suite will now be run as the nobody user. Some tests require that the user be a member of more than one group. Add a temporary group and make the user nobody a part of it so that the tests are not skipped:

echo "dummy:x:1000:nobody" >> /etc/group

Fix permissions of some files so the non-root user can compile and run the tests:

chown -Rv nobody .

Then run the remainder of the tests as the nobody user:

su nobody -s /bin/bash \
    -c "PATH=$PATH make RUN_EXPENSIVE_TESTS=yes -k check || true"

Remove the temporary group:

sed -i '/dummy/d' /etc/group

Install the package:

make install

Move programs to the locations specified by the FHS:

mv -v /usr/bin/{cat,chgrp,chmod,chown,cp,date} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/{dd,df,echo,false,hostname,ln,ls,mkdir,mknod} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/{mv,pwd,rm,rmdir,stty,true,uname} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/chroot /usr/sbin

10.30.2. Contents of Coreutils

Installed programs: [, base64, basename, cat, chcon, chgrp, chmod, chown, chroot, cksum, comm, cp, csplit, cut, date, dd, df, dir, dircolors, dirname, du, echo, env, expand, expr, factor, false, fmt, fold, groups, head, hostid, hostname, id, install, join, link, ln, logname, ls, md5sum, mkdir, mkfifo, mknod, mktemp, mv, nice, nl, nohup, nproc, numfmt, od, paste, pathchk, pinky, pr, printenv, printf, ptx, pwd, readlink, realpath, rm, rmdir, runcon, seq, sha1sum, sha224sum, sha256sum, sha384sum, sha512sum, shred, shuf, sleep, sort, split, stat, stdbuf, stty, sum, sync, tac, tail, tee, test, timeout, touch, tr, true, truncate, tsort, tty, uname, unexpand, uniq, unlink, users, vdir, wc, who, whoami, yes
Installed library: libstdbuf.so
Installed directory: /usr/lib/coreutils

Short Descriptions

base64

Base64 encode/decode data and print to standard output

basename

Strips any path and a given suffix from a file name

cat

Concatenates files to standard output

chcon

Changes security context for files and directories

chgrp

Changes the group ownership of files and directories

chmod

Changes the permissions of each file to the given mode; the mode can be either a symbolic representation of the changes to make or an octal number representing the new permissions

chown

Changes the user and/or group ownership of files and directories

chroot

Runs a command with the specified directory as the / directory

cksum

Prints the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) checksum and the byte counts of each specified file

comm

Compares two sorted files, outputting in three columns the lines that are unique and the lines that are common

cp

Copies files

csplit

Splits a given file into several new files, separating them according to given patterns or line numbers and outputting the byte count of each new file

cut

Prints sections of lines, selecting the parts according to given fields or positions

date

Displays the current time in the given format, or sets the system date

dd

Copies a file using the given block size and count, while optionally performing conversions on it

df

Reports the amount of disk space available (and used) on all mounted file systems, or only on the file systems holding the selected files

dir

Lists the contents of each given directory (the same as the ls command)

dircolors

Outputs commands to set the LS_COLOR environment variable to change the color scheme used by ls

dirname

Strips the non-directory suffix from a file name

du

Reports the amount of disk space used by the current directory, by each of the given directories (including all subdirectories) or by each of the given files

echo

Displays the given strings

env

Runs a command in a modified environment

expand

Converts tabs to spaces

expr

Evaluates expressions

factor

Prints the prime factors of all specified integer numbers

false

Does nothing, unsuccessfully; it always exits with a status code indicating failure

fmt

Reformats the paragraphs in the given files

fold

Wraps the lines in the given files

groups

Reports a user's group memberships

head

Prints the first ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file

hostid

Reports the numeric identifier (in hexadecimal) of the host

hostname

Reports or sets the name of the host

id

Reports the effective user ID, group ID, and group memberships of the current user or specified user

install

Copies files while setting their permission modes and, if possible, their owner and group

join

Joins the lines that have identical join fields from two separate files

link

Creates a hard link with the given name to a file

ln

Makes hard links or soft (symbolic) links between files

logname

Reports the current user's login name

ls

Lists the contents of each given directory

md5sum

Reports or checks Message Digest 5 (MD5) checksums

mkdir

Creates directories with the given names

mkfifo

Creates First-In, First-Outs (FIFOs), a “named pipe” in UNIX parlance, with the given names

mknod

Creates device nodes with the given names; a device node is a character special file, a block special file, or a FIFO

mktemp

Creates temporary files in a secure manner; it is used in scripts

mv

Moves or renames files or directories

nice

Runs a program with modified scheduling priority

nl

Numbers the lines from the given files

nohup

Runs a command immune to hangups, with its output redirected to a log file

nproc

Prints the number of processing units available to the current process

numfmt

Converts numbers to or from human-readable strings

od

Dumps files in octal and other formats

paste

Merges the given files, joining sequentially corresponding lines side by side, separated by tab characters

pathchk

Checks if file names are valid or portable

pinky

Is a lightweight finger client; it reports some information about the given users

pr

Paginates and columnates files for printing

printenv

Prints the environment

printf

Prints the given arguments according to the given format, much like the C printf function

ptx

Produces a permuted index from the contents of the given files, with each keyword in its context

pwd

Reports the name of the current working directory

readlink

Reports the value of the given symbolic link

realpath

Prints the resolved path

rm

Removes files or directories

rmdir

Removes directories if they are empty

runcon

Runs a command with specified security context

seq

Prints a sequence of numbers within a given range and with a given increment

sha1sum

Prints or checks 160-bit Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) checksums

sha224sum

Prints or checks SHA224 checksums

sha256sum

Prints or checks SHA256 checksums

sha384sum

Prints or checks SHA384 checksums

sha512sum

Prints or checks SHA512 checksums

shred

Overwrites the given files repeatedly with complex patterns, making it difficult to recover the data

shuf

Write a random permutation of the input lines to standard output or a file

sleep

Pauses for the given amount of time

sort

Sorts the lines from the given files

split

Splits the given file into pieces, by size or by number of lines

stat

Displays file or filesystem status

stdbuf

Runs a command with modified buffering operations for its standard streams

stty

Sets or reports terminal line settings

sum

Prints checksum and block counts for each given file

sync

Flushes file system buffers; it forces changed blocks to disk and updates the super block

tac

Concatenates the given files in reverse

tail

Prints the last ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file

tee

Reads from standard input while writing both to standard output and to the given files

test or [

Compares values and checks file types

timeout

Runs a command with a time limit

touch

Changes file timestamps, setting the access and modification times of the given files to the current time; files that do not exist are created with zero length

tr

Translates, squeezes, and deletes the given characters from standard input

true

Does nothing, successfully; it always exits with a status code indicating success

truncate

Shrinks or expands a file to the specified size

tsort

Performs a topological sort; it writes a completely ordered list according to the partial ordering in a given file

tty

Reports the file name of the terminal connected to standard input

uname

Reports system information

unexpand

Converts spaces to tabs

uniq

Discards all but one of successive identical lines

unlink

Removes the given file

users

Reports the names of the users currently logged on

vdir

Is the same as ls -l

wc

Reports the number of lines, words, and bytes for each given file, as well as a total line when more than one file is given

who

Reports who is logged on

whoami

Reports the user name associated with the current effective user ID

yes

Repeatedly outputs “y” or a given string until killed

libstdbuf

Library used by stdbuf

10.31. Iana-Etc-2.30

The Iana-Etc package provides data for network services and protocols.

10.31.1. Installation of Iana-Etc

The following patch contains xml files which provide updates to the services and protocol files:

xzcat ../iana-etc-2.30-numbers_update-20140202-2.patch.xz | patch -Np1 -i -

The following command converts the raw data provided by IANA into the correct formats for the /etc/protocols and /etc/services data files:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

10.31.2. Contents of Iana-Etc

Installed files: /etc/protocols, /etc/services

Short Descriptions

/etc/protocols

Describes the various DARPA Internet protocols that are available from the TCP/IP subsystem

/etc/services

Provides a mapping between friendly textual names for internet services, and their underlying assigned port numbers and protocol types

10.32. Libtool-2.4.2

The Libtool package contains the GNU generic library support script. It wraps the complexity of using shared libraries in a consistent, portable interface.

10.32.1. Installation of Libtool

Prepare Libtool for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.32.2. Contents of Libtool

Installed programs: libtool, libtoolize
Installed libraries: libltdl.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/libltdl, /usr/share/libtool

Short Descriptions

libtool

Provides generalized library-building support services

libtoolize

Provides a standard way to add libtool support to a package

libltdl

Hides the various difficulties of dlopening libraries

10.33. IPRoute2-3.14.0

The IPRoute2 package contains programs for basic and advanced IPV4-based networking.

10.33.1. Installation of IPRoute2

By default, this package builds the arpd program, which is dependent on Berkeley DB. Because arpd is not a very common requirement on a base Linux system, remove the dependency on Berkeley DB by using the commands below. If the arpd binary is needed, instructions for compiling Berkeley DB can be found in CBLFS at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Berkeley_DB.

sed -i '/^TARGETS/s@arpd@@g' misc/Makefile
sed -i '/ARPD/d' Makefile
sed -i 's/arpd.8//' man/man8/Makefile

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/iproute2-3.14.0 install

10.33.2. Contents of IPRoute2

Installed programs: bridge, ctstat (link to lnstat), genl, ifcfg, ifstat, ip, lnstat, nstat, routef, routel, rtacct, rtmon, rtpr, rtstat (link to lnstat), ss, tc
Installed directories: /etc/iproute2, /usr/lib/tc, /usr/share/doc/iproute2-3.14.0

Short Descriptions

bridge

Configures network bridges

ctstat

Connection status utility

genl

Needs description

ifcfg

A shell script wrapper for the ip command

ifstat

Shows the interface statistics, including the amount of transmitted and received packets by interface

ip

The main executable. It has several different functions:

ip link [device] allows users to look at the state of devices and to make changes

ip addr allows users to look at addresses and their properties, add new addresses, and delete old ones

ip neighbor allows users to look at neighbor bindings and their properties, add new neighbor entries, and delete old ones

ip rule allows users to look at the routing policies and change them

ip route allows users to look at the routing table and change routing table rules

ip tunnel allows users to look at the IP tunnels and their properties, and change them

ip maddr allows users to look at the multicast addresses and their properties, and change them

ip mroute allows users to set, change, or delete the multicast routing

ip monitor allows users to continuously monitor the state of devices, addresses and routes

lnstat

Provides Linux network statistics. It is a generalized and more feature-complete replacement for the old rtstat program

nstat

Shows network statistics

routef

A component of ip route. This is for flushing the routing tables

routel

A component of ip route. This is for listing the routing tables

rtacct

Displays the contents of /proc/net/rt_acct

rtmon

Route monitoring utility

rtpr

Converts the output of ip -o back into a readable form

rtstat

Route status utility

ss

Similar to the netstat command; shows active connections

tc

Traffic Controlling Executable; this is for Quality Of Service (QOS) and Class Of Service (COS) implementations

tc qdisc allows users to setup the queueing discipline

tc class allows users to setup classes based on the queuing discipline scheduling

tc estimator allows users to estimate the network flow into a network

tc filter allows users to setup the QOS/COS packet filtering

tc policy allows users to setup the QOS/COS policies

10.34. Bzip2-1.0.6

The Bzip2 package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with bzip2 yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.

10.34.1. Installation of Bzip2

By default Bzip2 creates some symlinks that use absolute pathnames. The following sed will cause them to be created with relative paths instead:

sed -i -e 's:ln -s -f $(PREFIX)/bin/:ln -s :' Makefile

Make Bzip2 install its manpages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man:

sed -i 's@X)/man@X)/share/man@g' ./Makefile

The Bzip2 package does not contain a configure script. Compile it with:

make -f Makefile-libbz2_so
make clean

The -f flag will cause Bzip2 to be built using a different Makefile file, in this case the Makefile-libbz2_so file, which creates a dynamic libbz2.so library and links the Bzip2 utilities against it.

Recompile the package using a non-shared library and test it:

make

Install the programs:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Install the shared bzip2 binary into the /bin directory, make some necessary symbolic links, and clean up:

cp -v bzip2-shared /bin/bzip2
cp -av libbz2.so* /lib
ln -sv ../../lib/libbz2.so.1.0 /usr/lib/libbz2.so
rm -v /usr/bin/{bunzip2,bzcat,bzip2}
ln -sv bzip2 /bin/bunzip2
ln -sv bzip2 /bin/bzcat

10.34.2. Contents of Bzip2

Installed programs: bunzip2 (link to bzip2), bzcat (link to bzip2), bzcmp (link to bzdiff), bzdiff, bzegrep (link to bzgrep), bzfgrep (link to bzgrep), bzgrep, bzip2, bzip2recover, bzless (link to bzmore), bzmore
Installed libraries: libbz2.a, libbz2.so (link to libbz2.so.1.0), libbz2.so.1.0 (link to libbz2.so.1.0.6), libbz2.so.1.0.6

Short Descriptions

bunzip2

Decompresses bzipped files

bzcat

Decompresses to standard output

bzcmp

Runs cmp on bzipped files

bzdiff

Runs diff on bzipped files

bzegrep

Runs egrep on bzipped files

bzfgrep

Runs fgrep on bzipped files

bzgrep

Runs grep on bzipped files

bzip2

Compresses files using the Burrows-Wheeler block sorting text compression algorithm with Huffman coding; the compression rate is better than that achieved by more conventional compressors using “Lempel-Ziv” algorithms, like gzip

bzip2recover

Tries to recover data from damaged bzipped files

bzless

Runs less on bzipped files

bzmore

Runs more on bzipped files

libbz2*

The library implementing lossless, block-sorting data compression, using the Burrows-Wheeler algorithm

10.35. GDBM-1.11

The GDBM package contains the GNU Database Manager. This is a disk file format database which stores key/data-pairs in single files. The actual data of any record being stored is indexed by a unique key, which can be retrieved in less time than if it was stored in a text file.

10.35.1. Installation of GDBM

Prepare GDBM for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-libgdbm-compat

The meaning of the configure option:

--enable-libgdbm-compat

This switch enables the libgdbm compatibility library to be built, as some packages outside of CLFS may require the older DBM routines it provides.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.35.2. Contents of GDBM

Installed programs: gdbm_dump, gdbm_load, gdbmtool
Installed libraries: libgdbm.{a,so}, libgdbm_compat.{a,so}

Short Descriptions

gdbm_dump

Dumps a GDBM database to a file.

gdbm_load

Recreates a GDBM database from a dump file.

gdbmtool

Tests and modifies a GDBM database

libgdbm

Contains functions to manipulate a hashed database

libgdbm_compat

Compatibility library containing older DBM functions

10.36. Perl-5.20.0

The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.

10.36.1. Installation of Perl

By default, Perl's Compress::Raw::Zlib and Compress::Raw::Bzip2 modules build and link against internal copies of Zlib and Bzip2. The following command will make Perl use the system-installed copies of these libraries:

export BUILD_ZLIB=False
export BUILD_BZIP2=0

Note

If you are following the boot method you will need to enable the loopback device:

ip link set lo up

Before starting to configure, create a basic /etc/hosts file which will be referenced by one of Perl's configuration files as well as used by the test suite:

echo "127.0.0.1 localhost $(hostname)" > /etc/hosts

To have full control over the way Perl is set up, you can run the interactive Configure script and hand-pick the way this package is built. If you prefer instead to use the defaults that Perl auto-detects, prepare Perl for compilation with:

./configure.gnu --prefix=/usr \
   -Dvendorprefix=/usr \
   -Dman1dir=/usr/share/man/man1 \
   -Dman3dir=/usr/share/man/man3 \
   -Dpager="/bin/less -isR" \
   -Dusethreads -Duseshrplib

The meaning of the configure option:

-Dman1dir=/usr/share/man/man1 -Dman3dir=/usr/share/man/man3

Since Groff is not installed yet, configure.gnu thinks that we do not want man pages for Perl. Issuing these parameters overrides this decision.

-Dpager="/bin/less -isR"

Less has not yet been installed, so by default perldoc will invoke the more program for viewing documentation. This option ensures that it will use less instead.

-Dusethreads

This tells Perl to use threads.

-Duseshrplib

This tells Perl to build a shared libperl.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make test

Install the package and remove the variables set previously:

make install
unset BUILD_ZLIB BUILD_BZIP2

10.36.2. Contents of Perl

Installed programs: a2p, c2ph, config_data, corelist, cpan, cpan2dist, cpanp, cpanp-run-perl, enc2xs, find2perl, h2ph, h2xs, instmodsh, json_pp, libnetcfg, perl, perl5.20.0 (link to perl), perlbug, perldoc, perlivp, perlthanks (link to perlbug), piconv, pl2pm, pod2html, pod2latex, pod2man, pod2text, pod2usage, podchecker, podselect, prove, psed (link to s2p), pstruct (link to c2ph), ptar, ptardiff, ptargrep, s2p, shasum, splain, xsubpp, zipdetails
Installed libraries: Several hundred which cannot all be listed here
Installed directory: /usr/lib/perl5

Short Descriptions

a2p

Translates awk to Perl

c2ph

Dumps C structures as generated from cc -g -S

config_data

Queries or changes configuration of Perl modules

corelist

A commandline frontend to Module::CoreList

cpan

Shell script that provides a command interface to CPAN.pm

cpan2dist

The CPANPLUS distribution creator

cpanp

The CPANPLUS launcher

cpanp-run-perl

Perl script that (description needed)

enc2xs

Builds a Perl extension for the Encode module from either Unicode Character Mappings or Tcl Encoding Files

find2perl

Translates find commands to Perl

h2ph

Converts .h C header files to .ph Perl header files

h2xs

Converts .h C header files to Perl extensions

instmodsh

A shell script for examining installed Perl modules, and can even create a tarball from an installed module

json_pp

Converts data between certain input and output formats

libnetcfg

Can be used to configure the libnet

perl

Combines some of the best features of C, sed, awk and sh into a single swiss-army-knife language

perl5.20.0

A hard link to perl

perlbug

Used to generate bug reports about Perl, or the modules that come with it, and mail them

perldoc

Displays a piece of documentation in pod format that is embedded in the Perl installation tree or in a Perl script

perlivp

The Perl Installation Verification Procedure; it can be used to verify that Perl and its libraries have been installed correctly

perlthanks

Used to generate thank you messages to mail to the Perl developers

piconv

A Perl version of the character encoding converter iconv

pl2pm

A rough tool for converting Perl4 .pl files to Perl5 .pm modules

pod2html

Converts files from pod format to HTML format

pod2latex

Converts files from pod format to LaTeX format

pod2man

Converts pod data to formatted *roff input

pod2text

Converts pod data to formatted ASCII text

pod2usage

Prints usage messages from embedded pod docs in files

podchecker

Checks the syntax of pod format documentation files

podselect

Displays selected sections of pod documentation

prove

A command-line tool for running tests against Test::Harness

psed

A Perl version of the stream editor sed

pstruct

Dumps C structures as generated from cc -g -S stabs

ptar

A tar-like program written in Perl

ptardiff

A Perl program that compares an extracted archive with an unextracted one

ptargrep

A Perl program that applies pattern matching to the contents of files in a tar archive

s2p

Translates sed to Perl

shasum

Prints or checks SHA checksums

splain

Is used to force verbose warning diagnostics in Perl

xsubpp

Converts Perl XS code into C code

zipdetails

Displays details about the internal structure of a Zip file

10.37. Readline-6.3

The Readline package is a set of libraries that offers command-line editing and history capabilities.

10.37.1. Installation of Readline

The following patch contains updates from the maintainer. The maintainer of Readline only releases these patches to fix serious issues:

patch -Np1 -i ../readline-6.3-branch_update-4.patch

Prepare Readline for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/lib \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/readline-6.3

Compile the package:

make SHLIB_LIBS=-lncurses

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make SHLIB_LIBS=-lncurses htmldir=/usr/share/doc/readline-6.3 install

Now move the static libraries to a more appropriate location:

mv -v /lib/lib{readline,history}.a /usr/lib

Next, relink the dynamic libraries into /usr/lib and remove the .so files in /lib.

ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libreadline.so) /usr/lib/libreadline.so
ln -svf ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libhistory.so) /usr/lib/libhistory.so
rm -v /lib/lib{readline,history}.so

10.37.2. Contents of Readline

Installed libraries: libhistory.[a,so], libreadline.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/readline, /usr/share/doc/readline-6.3, /usr/share/readline

Short Descriptions

libhistory

Provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of history

libreadline

Aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need to provide a command line interface

10.38. Autoconf-2.69

The Autoconf package contains programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code.

10.38.1. Installation of Autoconf

Prepare Autoconf for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check VERBOSE=yes

17 tests are skipped that use Automake and different GCC languages. For full test coverage, Autoconf can be re-tested after Automake has been installed.

Install the package:

make install

10.38.2. Contents of Autoconf

Installed programs: autoconf, autoheader, autom4te, autoreconf, autoscan, autoupdate, ifnames
Installed directory: /usr/share/autoconf

Short Descriptions

autoconf

Produces shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Unix-like systems. The configuration scripts it produces are independent—running them does not require the autoconf program.

autoheader

A tool for creating template files of C #define statements for configure to use

autom4te

A wrapper for the M4 macro processor

autoreconf

Automatically runs autoconf, autoheader, aclocal, automake, gettextize, and libtoolize in the correct order to save time when changes are made to autoconf and automake template files

autoscan

Helps to create a configure.in file for a software package; it examines the source files in a directory tree, searching them for common portability issues, and creates a configure.scan file that serves as as a preliminary configure.in file for the package

autoupdate

Modifies a configure.in file that still calls autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names

ifnames

Helps when writing configure.in files for a software package; it prints the identifiers that the package uses in C preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have some portability, this program can help determine what configure needs to check for. It can also fill in gaps in a configure.in file generated by autoscan

10.39. Automake-1.14.1

The Automake package contains programs for generating Makefiles for use with Autoconf.

10.39.1. Installation of Automake

Prepare Automake for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/automake-1.14.1

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.39.2. Contents of Automake

Installed programs: aclocal, aclocal-1.14, automake, automake-1.14, compile, config.guess, config.sub, depcomp, install-sh, mdate-sh, missing, mkinstalldirs, py-compile, symlink-tree, ylwrap
Installed directories: /usr/share/aclocal-1.14, /usr/share/automake-1.14, /usr/share/doc/automake

Short Descriptions

aclocal

Generates aclocal.m4 files based on the contents of configure.in files

aclocal-1.14

A hard link to aclocal

automake

A tool for automatically generating Makefile.in files from Makefile.am files. To create all the Makefile.in files for a package, run this program in the top-level directory. By scanning the configure.in file, it automatically finds each appropriate Makefile.am file and generates the corresponding Makefile.in file

automake-1.14

A hard link to automake

compile

A wrapper for compilers

config.guess

A script that attempts to guess the canonical triplet for the given build, host, or target architecture

config.sub

A configuration validation subroutine script

depcomp

A script for compiling a program so that dependency information is generated in addition to the desired output

install-sh

A script that installs a program, script, or data file

mdate-sh

A script that prints the modification time of a file or directory

missing

A script acting as a common stub for missing GNU programs during an installation

mkinstalldirs

A script that creates a directory tree

py-compile

Compiles a Python program

symlink-tree

A script to create a symlink tree of a directory tree

ylwrap

A wrapper for lex and yacc

10.40. Bash-4.3

The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again SHell.

10.40.1. Installation of Bash

The following patch contains updates from the maintainer. The maintainer of Bash only releases these patches to fix serious issues:

patch -Np1 -i ../bash-4.3-branch_update-5.patch

Prepare Bash for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin \
    --without-bash-malloc --with-installed-readline \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bash-4.3

The meaning of the new configure option:

--with-installed-readline

This option tells Bash to use the readline library that is already installed on the system rather than using its own readline version.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make tests

Install the package:

make install

Run the newly compiled bash program (replacing the one that is currently being executed):

exec /bin/bash --login +h

Note

The parameters used make the bash process an interactive login shell and continue to disable hashing so that new programs are found as they become available.

10.40.2. Contents of Bash

Installed programs: bash, bashbug, sh (link to bash)
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/bash-4.3

Short Descriptions

bash

A widely-used command interpreter; it performs many types of expansions and substitutions on a given command line before executing it, thus making this interpreter a powerful tool

bashbug

A shell script to help the user compose and mail standard formatted bug reports concerning bash

sh

A symlink to the bash program; when invoked as sh, bash tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of sh as closely as possible, while conforming to the POSIX standard as well

10.41. Bc-1.06.95

The Bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.

10.41.1. Installation of Bc

Prepare Bc for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-readline \
    --mandir=/usr/share/man --infodir=/usr/share/info

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

echo "quit" | ./bc/bc -l Test/checklib.b

Install the package:

make install

10.41.2. Contents of Bc

Installed programs: bc, dc

Short Descriptions

bc

is a command line calculator

dc

is a reverse-polish command line calculator

10.42. Diffutils-3.3

The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.

10.42.1. Installation of Diffutils

Fix a bug that prevents locale files from being installed:

sed -i 's:= @mkdir_p@:= /bin/mkdir -p:' po/Makefile.in.in

Prepare Diffutils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Diffutils wants ed as the default editor for sdiff. The following sed will change the default to vi:

sed -i 's@\(^#define DEFAULT_EDITOR_PROGRAM \).*@\1"vi"@' lib/config.h

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.42.2. Contents of Diffutils

Installed programs: cmp, diff, diff3, sdiff

Short Descriptions

cmp

Compares two files and reports whether or in which bytes they differ

diff

Compares two files or directories and reports which lines in the files differ

diff3

Compares three files line by line

sdiff

Merges two files and interactively outputs the results

10.43. File-5.19

The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.

10.43.1. Installation of File

Prepare File for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.43.2. Contents of File

Installed programs: file
Installed library: libmagic.[a,so]

Short Descriptions

file

Tries to classify each given file; it does this by performing several tests—file system tests, magic number tests, and language tests

libmagic

Contains routines for magic number recognition, used by the file program

10.44. Gawk-4.1.1

The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.

10.44.1. Installation of Gawk

Prepare Gawk for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install the documentation:

mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/gawk-4.1.1
cp -v doc/{awkforai.txt,*.{eps,pdf,jpg}} /usr/share/doc/gawk-4.1.1

10.44.2. Contents of Gawk

Installed programs: awk (link to gawk), gawk, gawk-4.1.1, grcat, igawk, pgawk, pgawk-4.1.1, pwcat
Installed directories: /usr/lib/awk, /usr/lib/gawk, /usr/share/awk, /usr/share/doc/gawk-4.1.1

Short Descriptions

awk

A link to gawk

gawk

A program for manipulating text files; it is the GNU implementation of awk

gawk-4.1.1

A hard link to gawk

grcat

Dumps the group database /etc/group

igawk

Gives gawk the ability to include files

pgawk

The profiling version of gawk

pgawk-4.1.1

Hard link to pgawk

pwcat

Dumps the password database /etc/passwd

10.45. Findutils-4.4.2

The Findutils package contains programs to find files. These programs are provided to recursively search through a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable if the database has not been recently updated).

10.45.1. Installation of Findutils

Prepare Findutils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib/locate \
    --localstatedir=/var/lib/locate

The meaning of the configure options:

--localstatedir

This option changes the location of the locate database to be in /var/lib/locate, which is FHS-compliant.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.45.2. Contents of Findutils

Installed programs: bigram, code, find, frcode, locate, oldfind, updatedb, xargs
Installed directory: /usr/lib/locate

Short Descriptions

bigram

Was formerly used to produce locate databases

code

Was formerly used to produce locate databases; it is the ancestor of frcode.

find

Searches given directory trees for files matching the specified criteria

frcode

Is called by updatedb to compress the list of file names; it uses front-compression, reducing the database size by a factor of four to five.

locate

Searches through a database of file names and reports the names that contain a given string or match a given pattern

oldfind

Older version of find, using a different algorithm

updatedb

Updates the locate database; it scans the entire file system (including other file systems that are currently mounted, unless told not to) and puts every file name it finds into the database

xargs

Can be used to apply a given command to a list of files

10.46. Gettext-0.19.1

The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.

10.46.1. Installation of Gettext

Prepare Gettext for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gettext-0.19.1

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.46.2. Contents of Gettext

Installed programs: autopoint, config.charset, config.rpath, envsubst, gettext, gettext.sh, gettextize, hostname, msgattrib, msgcat, msgcmp, msgcomm, msgconv, msgen, msgexec, msgfilter, msgfmt, msggrep, msginit, msgmerge, msgunfmt, msguniq, ngettext, recode-sr-latin, xgettext
Installed libraries: libasprintf.[a,so], libgettextlib.so, libgettextpo.[a,so], libgettextsrc.so, preloadable_libintl.so
Installed directories: /usr/lib/gettext, /usr/share/doc/gettext-0.19.1, /usr/share/gettext

Short Descriptions

autopoint

Copies standard Gettext infrastructure files into a source package

config.charset

Outputs a system-dependent table of character encoding aliases

config.rpath

Outputs a system-dependent set of variables, describing how to set the runtime search path of shared libraries in an executable

envsubst

Substitutes environment variables in shell format strings

gettext

Translates a natural language message into the user's language by looking up the translation in a message catalog

gettext.sh

Primarily serves as a shell function library for gettext

gettextize

Copies all standard Gettext files into the given top-level directory of a package to begin internationalizing it

hostname

Displays a network hostname in various forms

msgattrib

Filters the messages of a translation catalog according to their attributes and manipulates the attributes

msgcat

Concatenates and merges the given .po files

msgcmp

Compares two .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings

msgcomm

Finds the messages that are common to to the given .po files

msgconv

Converts a translation catalog to a different character encoding

msgen

Creates an English translation catalog

msgexec

Applies a command to all translations of a translation catalog

msgfilter

Applies a filter to all translations of a translation catalog

msgfmt

Generates a binary message catalog from a translation catalog

msggrep

Extracts all messages of a translation catalog that match a given pattern or belong to some given source files

msginit

Creates a new .po file, initializing the meta information with values from the user's environment

msgmerge

Combines two raw translations into a single file

msgunfmt

Decompiles a binary message catalog into raw translation text

msguniq

Unifies duplicate translations in a translation catalog

ngettext

Displays native language translations of a textual message whose grammatical form depends on a number

recode-sr-latin

Recode Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script.

xgettext

Extracts the translatable message lines from the given source files to make the first translation template

libasprintf

defines the autosprintf class, which makes C formatted output routines usable in C++ programs, for use with the <string> strings and the <iostream> streams

libgettextlib

a private library containing common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use

libgettextpo

Used to write specialized programs that process .po files; this library is used when the standard applications shipped with Gettext (such as msgcomm, msgcmp, msgattrib, and msgen) will not suffice

libgettextsrc

A private library containing common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use

preloadable_libintl.so

A library, intended to be used by LD_PRELOAD, that assists libintl in logging untranslated messages.

10.47. Gperf-3.0.4

Gperf generates a perfect hash function from a key set.

10.47.1. Installation of Gperf

Prepare Gperf for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.4

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.47.2. Contents of Gperf

Installed program: gperf
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.4

Short Descriptions

gperf

Generates a perfect hash function from a key set

10.48. Grep-2.19

The Grep package contains programs for searching through files.

10.48.1. Installation of Grep

Prepare Grep for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.48.2. Contents of Grep

Installed programs: egrep, fgrep, grep

Short Descriptions

egrep

Prints lines matching an extended regular expression

fgrep

Prints lines matching a list of fixed strings

grep

Prints lines matching a basic regular expression

10.49. Groff-1.22.2

The Groff package contains programs for processing and formatting text.

10.49.1. Installation of Groff

Groff expects the environment variable PAGE to contain the default paper size. For users in the United States, PAGE=letter is appropriate. Elsewhere, PAGE=A4 may be more suitable.

Prepare Groff for compilation:

PAGE=[paper_size] ./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

10.49.2. Contents of Groff

Installed programs: addftinfo, afmtodit, chem, eqn, eqn2graph, gdiffmk, grap2graph, grn, grodvi, groff, groffer, grog, grolbp, grolj4, grops, grotty, hpftodit, indxbib, lkbib, lookbib, mmroff, neqn, nroff, pdfroff, pfbtops, pic, pic2graph, post-grohtml, pre-grohtml, preconv, refer, roff2dvi, roff2html, roff2pdf, roff2ps, roff2text, roff2x, soelim, tbl, tfmtodit, troff
Installed directories: /usr/lib/groff, /usr/share/doc/groff-1.22.2, /usr/share/groff

Short Descriptions

addftinfo

Reads a troff font file and adds some additional font-metric information that is used by the groff system

afmtodit

Creates a font file for use with groff and grops

chem

Groff preprocessor for producing chemical structure diagrams

eqn

Compiles descriptions of equations embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff

eqn2graph

Converts a troff EQN (equation) into a cropped image

gdiffmk

Marks differences between groff/nroff/troff files

grap2graph

Converts a grap diagram into a cropped bitmap image

grn

A groff preprocessor for gremlin files

grodvi

A driver for groff that produces TeX dvi format

groff

A front-end to the groff document formatting system; normally, it runs the troff program and a post-processor appropriate for the selected device

groffer

Displays groff files and man pages on X and tty terminals

grog

Reads files and guesses which of the groff options -e, -man, -me, -mm, -ms, -p, -s, and -t are required for printing files, and reports the groff command including those options

grolbp

Is a groff driver for Canon CAPSL printers (LBP-4 and LBP-8 series laser printers)

grolj4

Is a driver for groff that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP LaserJet 4 printer

grops

Translates the output of GNU troff to PostScript

grotty

Translates the output of GNU troff into a form suitable for typewriter-like devices

hpftodit

Creates a font file for use with groff -Tlj4 from an HP-tagged font metric file

indxbib

Creates an inverted index for the bibliographic databases with a specified file for use with refer, lookbib, and lkbib

lkbib

Searches bibliographic databases for references that contain specified keys and reports any references found

lookbib

Prints a prompt on the standard error (unless the standard input is not a terminal), reads a line containing a set of keywords from the standard input, searches the bibliographic databases in a specified file for references containing those keywords, prints any references found on the standard output, and repeats this process until the end of input

mmroff

A simple preprocessor for groff

neqn

Formats equations for American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) output

nroff

A script that emulates the nroff command using groff

pdfroff

Creates pdf documents using groff

pfbtops

Translates a PostScript font in .pfb format to ASCII

pic

Compiles descriptions of pictures embedded within troff or TeX input files into commands understood by TeX or troff

pic2graph

Converts a PIC diagram into a cropped image

post-grohtml

Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML

pre-grohtml

Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML

preconv

Converts encoding of input files to something GNU troff understands

refer

Copies the contents of a file to the standard output, except that lines between .[ and .] are interpreted as citations, and lines between .R1 and .R2 are interpreted as commands for how citations are to be processed

roff2dvi

Transforms roff files into other formats

roff2html

Transforms roff files into other formats

roff2pdf

Transforms roff files into other formats

roff2ps

Transforms roff files into other formats

roff2text

Transforms roff files into other formats

roff2x

Transforms roff files into other formats

soelim

Reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of the mentioned file

tbl

Compiles descriptions of tables embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff

tfmtodit

Creates a font file for use with groff -Tdvi

troff

Is highly compatible with Unix troff; it should usually be invoked using the groff command, which will also run preprocessors and post-processors in the appropriate order and with the appropriate options

10.50. Less-462

The Less package contains a text file viewer.

10.50.1. Installation of Less

Prepare Less for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

Move less to /bin:

mv -v /usr/bin/less /bin

10.50.2. Contents of Less

Installed programs: less, lessecho, lesskey

Short Descriptions

less

A file viewer or pager; it displays the contents of the given file, letting the user scroll, find strings, and jump to marks

lessecho

Needed to expand meta-characters, such as * and ?, in filenames on Unix systems

lesskey

Used to specify the key bindings for less

10.51. Gzip-1.6

The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.

10.51.1. Installation of Gzip

Prepare Gzip for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Now we will move some of the utilities to /usr/bin to meet FHS compliance:

mv -v /bin/z{egrep,cmp,diff,fgrep,force,grep,less,more,new} /usr/bin

10.51.2. Contents of Gzip

Installed programs: gunzip, gzexe, gzip, uncompress, zcat, zcmp, zdiff, zegrep, zfgrep, zforce, zgrep, zless, zmore, znew

Short Descriptions

gunzip

Decompresses gzipped files

gzexe

Creates self-decompressing executable files

gzip

Compresses the given files using Lempel-Ziv (LZ77) coding

uncompress

Decompresses compressed files

zcat

Decompresses the given gzipped files to standard output

zcmp

Runs cmp on gzipped files

zdiff

Runs diff on gzipped files

zegrep

Runs egrep on gzipped files

zfgrep

Runs fgrep on gzipped files

zforce

Forces a .gz extension on all given files that are gzipped files, so that gzip will not compress them again; this can be useful when file names were truncated during a file transfer

zgrep

Runs grep on gzipped files

zless

Runs less on gzipped files

zmore

Runs more on gzipped files

znew

Re-compresses files from compress format to gzip format—.Z to .gz

10.52. IPutils-s20121221

The IPutils package contains programs for basic networking.

10.52.1. Installation of IPutils

IPutils has various issues addressed by the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../iputils-s20121221-fixes-2.patch

Compile the package:

make \
    IPV4_TARGETS="tracepath ping clockdiff rdisc" \
    IPV6_TARGETS="tracepath6 traceroute6"

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

install -v -m755 ping /bin
install -v -m755 clockdiff /usr/bin
install -v -m755 rdisc /usr/bin
install -v -m755 tracepath /usr/bin
install -v -m755 trace{path,route}6 /usr/bin
install -v -m644 doc/*.8 /usr/share/man/man8

10.52.2. Contents of iputils

Installed programs: clockdiff, ping, rdisc, tracepath, tracepath6, traceroute6

Short Descriptions

clockdiff

Measures the clock difference between hosts

ping

Sends echo-request packets and reports how long the replies take. This is the IPV4 version

rdisc

Network router discovery daemon

tracepath

Traces the path to a network host discovering MTU along the path. This is the IPV4 version.

tracepath6

Traces the path to a network host discovering MTU along the path. This is the IPV6 version.

traceroute6

Traces the path to a network host on an IPV6 network

10.53. Kbd-2.0.1

The Kbd package contains key-table files and keyboard utilities.

10.53.1. Installation of Kbd

Prepare Kbd for compilation:

PKG_CONFIG_PATH="/tools/lib/pkgconfig" \
    ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-vlock --enable-optional-progs

The meaning of the new configure options:

PKG_CONFIG_PATH

Use pkg-config to obtain the location of the test library metadata built in Section 6.14, “Check-0.9.13”.

--disable-vlock

Prevents Kbd from trying to build the vlock program, which requires Linux-PAM.

--enable-optional-progs

Installs several additional programs.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Some of the programs from Kbd are used by systemd to initialize the system, so those binaries need to be on the root partition:

mv -v /usr/bin/{loadkeys,setfont} /bin

Install the documentation:

mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/kbd-2.0.1
cp -R -v docs/doc/* /usr/share/doc/kbd-2.0.1

10.53.2. Contents of Kbd

Installed programs: chvt, deallocvt, dumpkeys, fgconsole, getkeycodes, kbdinfo, kbd_mode, kbdrate, loadkeys, loadunimap, mapscrn, openvt, psfaddtable (link to psfxtable), psfgettable (link to psfxtable), psfstriptable (link to psfxtable), psfxtable, resizecons, setfont, setkeycodes, setleds, setmetamode, setvtrgb, showconsolefont, showkey, unicode_start, unicode_stop
Installed directories: /usr/share/consolefonts, /usr/share/consoletrans, /usr/share/doc/kbd-2.0.1, /usr/share/keymaps, /usr/share/unimaps

Short Descriptions

chvt

Changes the foreground virtual terminal

deallocvt

Deallocates unused virtual terminals

dumpkeys

Dumps the keyboard translation tables

fgconsole

Prints the number of the active virtual terminal

getkeycodes

Prints the kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table

kbdinfo

Obtains information about the console

kbd_mode

Reports or sets the keyboard mode

kbdrate

Sets the keyboard repeat and delay rates

loadkeys

Loads the keyboard translation tables

loadunimap

Loads the kernel unicode-to-font mapping table

mapscrn

An obsolete program that used to load a user-defined output character mapping table into the console driver; this is now done by setfont

openvt

Starts a program on a new virtual terminal (VT)

psfaddtable

Adds a Unicode character table to a console font

psfgettable

Extracts the embedded Unicode character table from a console font

psfstriptable

Removes the embedded Unicode character table from a console font

psfxtable

Handle Unicode character tables for console fonts

resizecons

Changes the kernel idea of the console size

setfont

Changes the Enhanced Graphic Adapter (EGA) and Video Graphics Array (VGA) fonts on the console

setkeycodes

Loads kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table entries; this is useful if there are unusual keys on the keyboard

setleds

Sets the keyboard flags and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)

setmetamode

Defines the keyboard meta-key handling

setvtrgb

Sets the virtal terminal RGB colors

showconsolefont

Shows the current EGA/VGA console screen font

showkey

Reports the scancodes, keycodes, and ASCII codes of the keys pressed on the keyboard

unicode_start

Puts the keyboard and console in UNICODE mode. Never use it on CLFS, because applications are not configured to support UNICODE.

unicode_stop

Reverts keyboard and console from UNICODE mode

10.54. Libpipeline-1.3.0

The Libpipeline package contains a library for manipulating pipelines of subprocesses in a flexible and convenient way.

10.54.1. Installation of Libpipeline

Prepare Libpipeline for compilation:

PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/tools/lib/pkgconfig ./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.54.2. Contents of Libpipeline

Installed libraries: libpipeline.so

Short Descriptions

libpipeline

This library is used to safely construct pipeline between subprocesses

10.55. Man-DB-2.6.7.1

The Man-DB package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages.

10.55.1. Installation of Man-DB

Prepare Man-DB for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/man-db-2.6.7.1 --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --disable-setuid --with-browser=/usr/bin/lynx \
    --with-vgrind=/usr/bin/vgrind --with-grap=/usr/bin/grap

The meaning of the configure options:

--disable-setuid

This disables making the man program setuid to user man.

--with-...

These three parameters are used to set some default programs. lynx is a text-based web browser (see CBLFS for installation instructions), vgrind converts program sources to Groff input, and grap is useful for typesetting graphs in Groff documents. The vgrind and grap programs are not normally needed for viewing manual pages. They are not part of CLFS or CBLFS, but you should be able to install them yourself after finishing CLFS if you wish to do so.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.55.2. Non-English Manual Pages in CLFS

The following table shows the character set that Man-DB assumes manual pages installed under /usr/share/man/<ll> will be encoded with. In addition to this, Man-DB correctly determines if manual pages installed in that directory are UTF-8 encoded.

Table 10.1. Expected character encoding of legacy 8-bit manual pages

Language (code) Encoding Language (code) Encoding
Danish (da) ISO-8859-1 Croatian (hr) ISO-8859-2
German (de) ISO-8859-1 Hungarian (hu) ISO-8859-2
English (en) ISO-8859-1 Japanese (ja) EUC-JP
Spanish (es) ISO-8859-1 Korean (ko) EUC-KR
Estonian (et) ISO-8859-1 Lithuanian (lt) ISO-8859-13
Finnish (fi) ISO-8859-1 Latvian (lv) ISO-8859-13
French (fr) ISO-8859-1 Macedonian (mk) ISO-8859-5
Irish (ga) ISO-8859-1 Polish (pl) ISO-8859-2
Galician (gl) ISO-8859-1 Romanian (ro) ISO-8859-2
Indonesian (id) ISO-8859-1 Russian (ru) KOI8-R
Icelandic (is) ISO-8859-1 Slovak (sk) ISO-8859-2
Italian (it) ISO-8859-1 Slovenian (sl) ISO-8859-2
Norwegian Bokmal (nb) ISO-8859-1 Serbian Latin (sr@latin) ISO-8859-2
Dutch (nl) ISO-8859-1 Serbian (sr) ISO-8859-5
Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) ISO-8859-1 Turkish (tr) ISO-8859-9
Norwegian (no) ISO-8859-1 Ukrainian (uk) KOI8-U
Portuguese (pt) ISO-8859-1 Vietnamese (vi) TCVN5712-1
Swedish (sv) ISO-8859-1 Simplified Chinese (zh_CN) GBK
Belarusian (be) CP1251 Simplified Chinese, Singapore (zh_SG) GBK
Bulgarian (bg) CP1251 Traditional Chinese, Hong Kong (zh_HK) BIG5HKSCS
Czech (cs) ISO-8859-2 Traditional Chinese (zh_TW) BIG5
Greek (el) ISO-8859-7    

Note

Manual pages in languages not in the list are not supported.

10.55.3. Contents of Man-DB

Installed programs: accessdb, apropos (link to whatis), catman, lexgrog, man, mandb, manpath, whatis, zsoelim
Installed libraries: libman.so, libmandb.so
Installed directories: /usr/lib/man-db, /usr/share/doc/man-db-2.6.7.1

Short Descriptions

accessdb

Dumps the whatis database contents in human-readable form

apropos

Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain a given string

catman

Creates or updates the pre-formatted manual pages

lexgrog

Displays one-line summary information about a given manual page

man

Formats and displays the requested manual page

mandb

Creates or updates the whatis database

manpath

Displays the contents of $MANPATH or (if $MANPATH is not set) a suitable search path based on the settings in man.conf and the user's environment

whatis

Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain the given keyword as a separate word

zsoelim

Reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of the mentioned file

libman

Contains run-time support for man

libmandb

Contains run-time support for man

10.56. Make-4.0

The Make package contains a program for compiling packages.

10.56.1. Installation of Make

Prepare Make for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.56.2. Contents of Make

Installed program: make

Short Descriptions

make

Automatically determines which pieces of a package need to be (re)compiled and then issues the relevant commands

10.57. XZ Utils-5.0.5

The XZ Utils package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with XZ Utils yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.

10.57.1. Installation of XZ Utils

Prepare XZ Utils for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/xz-5.0.5

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the programs:

make install

Move the xz binary, and several symlinks that point to it, into the /bin directory:

mv -v /usr/bin/{xz,lzma,lzcat,unlzma,unxz,xzcat} /bin

Finally, move the shared library to a more appropriate location, and recreate the symlink pointing to it:

mv -v /usr/lib/liblzma.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/liblzma.so) /usr/lib/liblzma.so

10.57.2. Contents of XZ Utils

Installed programs: lzcat (link to xz), lzcmp (link to xzdiff), lzdiff (link to xzdiff), lzegrep (link to xzgrep), lzfgrep (link to xzgrep), lzgrep (link to xzgrep), lzless (link to xzless), lzma (link to xz), lzmadec, lzmainfo, lzmore (link to xzmore), unlzma (link to xz), unxz (link to xz), xz, xzcat (link to xz), xzcmp (link to xzdiff), xzdec, xzdiff, xzegrep (link to xzgrep), xzfgrep (link to xzgrep), xzgrep, xzless, xzmore
Installed libraries: liblzma.[a,so]
Installed directories: /usr/include/lzma, /usr/share/doc/xz-5.0.5

Short Descriptions

lzcat

Decompresses LZMA and xz files

lzcmp

Compares lzma compressed files

lzdiff

Compares lzma compressed files

lzegrep

Runs egrep on lzma compressed files

lzfgrep

Runs fgrep on lzma compressed files

lzgrep

Runs grep on lzma compressed files

lzless

Runs less on lzma files

lzma

Compresses lzma files

lzmadec

Decompresses lzma files

lzmainfo

Displays information stored in an .lzma file header

lzmore

Runs more on lzma files

unlzma

Uncompresses lzma files

unxz

Uncompresses xz files

xz

Creates xz compressed files

xzcat

Decompresses xz files

xzcmp

Compares xz compressed files

xzdec

Decompresses to standard output

xzdiff

Compares xz compressed files

xzegrep

Runs egrep on xz compressed files

xzfgrep

Runs fgrep on xz compressed files

xzgrep

Runs grep on xz compressed files

xzless

Runs less on xz files

xzmore

Runs more on xz files

liblzma

The LZMA library

10.58. Expat-2.1.0

Expat is a stream-oriented XML parser library written in C.

10.58.1. Installation of Expat

Prepare Expat for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install the documentation:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,png,css} /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0

10.58.2. Contents of Expat

Installed program: xmlwf
Installed library: libexpat.[so,a]
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0

Short Descriptions

xmlwf

is a non-validating utility to check whether or not XML documents are well formed

libexpat

contains API functions for parsing XML

10.59. XML::Parser-2.42_01

XML::Parser is a perl module for parsing XML documents.

10.59.1. Installation of XML::Parser

Prepare XML::Parser for compilation:

perl Makefile.PL

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make test

Install the package:

make install

10.59.2. Contents of XML::Parser

Installed program: None
Installed libraries: None

10.60. Intltool-0.50.2

The Intltool package contains internationalization tools.

10.60.1. Installation of Intltool

Prepare Intltool for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.60.2. Contents of Intltool

Installed programs: intltool-extract, intltool-merge, intltool-prepare, intltool-update, intltoolize
Installed directories: /usr/share/intltool

Short Descriptions

intltool-extract

Generates header files which can be read by gettext

intltool-merge

Merges translated strings into various types of files

intltool-prepare

Prepares software to make use of intltool

intltool-update

Updates PO template files and merges translations with them

intltoolize

Copies intltool related files to software packages

10.61. Kmod-18

The Kmod package contains programs for loading, inserting and removing kernel modules for Linux. Kmod replaces the Module-Init-tools package.

10.61.1. Installation of Kmod

Prepare Kmod for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --bindir=/bin --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --with-rootlibdir=/lib \
    --with-zlib --with-xz

The meaning of the configure option:

--with-rootlibdir=/lib

Install location for shared libraries.

--with-zlib --with-xz

This allows the Kmod package to handle zlib and XZ compressed kernel modules.

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Create symbolic links for programs that expect Module-Init-Tools:

ln -sfv kmod /bin/lsmod
for tool in depmod insmod modinfo modprobe rmmod; do
    ln -sfv ../bin/kmod /sbin/${tool}
done

10.61.2. Contents of Kmod

Installed programs: depmod (link to kmod), insmod (link to kmod), kmod, lsmod (link to kmod), modinfo (link to kmod), modprobe (link to kmod), rmmod (link to kmod)

Short Descriptions

depmod

Creates a dependency file based on the symbols it finds in the existing set of modules; this dependency file is used by modprobe to automatically load the required modules

insmod

Installs a loadable module in the running kernel

kmod

Loads and unloads kernel modules

lsmod

Lists currently loaded modules

modinfo

Examines an object file associated with a kernel module and displays any information that it can glean

modprobe

Uses a dependency file, created by depmod, to automatically load relevant modules

rmmod

Unloads modules from the running kernel

10.62. Patch-2.7.1

The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.

10.62.1. Installation of Patch

Prepare Patch for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.62.2. Contents of Patch

Installed program: patch

Short Descriptions

patch

Modifies files according to a patch file. A patch file is normally a difference listing created with the diff program. By applying these differences to the original files, patch creates the patched versions.

10.63. Psmisc-22.21

The Psmisc package contains programs for displaying information about running processes.

10.63.1. Installation of Psmisc

Prepare Psmisc for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

10.63.2. Contents of Psmisc

Installed programs: fuser, killall, peekfd, prtstat, pstree, pstree.x11 (link to pstree)

Short Descriptions

fuser

Reports the Process IDs (PIDs) of processes that use the given files or file systems

killall

Kills processes by name; it sends a signal to all processes running any of the given commands

peekfd

Peeks at file descriptors of running processes

prtstat

Prints information about a process

pstree

Displays running processes as a tree

pstree.x11

Same as pstree, except that it waits for confirmation before exiting

10.64. Systemd-213

The systemd package is a system and service manager for Linux operating systems.

10.64.1. Installation of Systemd

Systemd 209 merged several libraries into libsystemd, but some packages that use systemd still expect those separate libraries. Apply a patch to allow backwards compatibility with these packages by installing Pkg-config files for the old libraries:

patch -Np1 -i ../systemd-213-compat-1.patch

Prevent the Makefile from trying to run setcap on systemd-detect-virt, which will fail if the kernel or file system does not support extended capabilities:

sed -i '/virt-install-hook /d' Makefile.in

The timesyncd.conf file contains a reference to a non-existent timesyncd.conf(5) man page. Remove that reference to avoid possible confusion:

sed -i '/timesyncd.conf/d' src/timesync/timesyncd.conf.in

By default, systemd-fsck will run /sbin/fsck with the -l option, which applies an flock on the file system being checked. This can conflict with an flock that systemd itself puts on the file system, which could result in problems booting. fsck will be fixed to avoid this problem in a future release of Util-linux, but for now we will work around the issue by simply preventing systemd-fsck from using -l:

sed -i '/-l/d' src/fsck/fsck.c

Prepare systemd for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib --docdir=/usr/share/doc/systemd-213 \
    --with-rootprefix="" --with-rootlibdir=/lib \
    --enable-split-usr --disable-gudev --with-kbd-loadkeys=/bin/loadkeys \
    --with-kbd-setfont=/bin/setfont --with-dbuspolicydir=/etc/dbus-1/system.d \
    --with-dbusinterfacedir=/usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces \
    --with-dbussessionservicedir=/usr/share/dbus-1/services \
    --with-dbussystemservicedir=/usr/share/dbus-1/system-services \
    cc_cv_CFLAGS__flto=no

The meaning of the configure options:

--with-root*

These switches ensure that core programs and shared libraries are installed in the subdirectories of the root partition.

--enable-split-usr

This switch ensures that systemd will work on systems where /bin, /lib and /sbin directories are not symlinks to their /usr counterparts.

--disable-gudev

This switch prevents systemd from building libgudev as it requires Glib, which is not installed in CLFS.

--with-dbus*

These switches ensure that D-Bus configuration files get installed to the correct locations.

cc_cv_CFLAGS__flto=no

This prevents the build system from using GCC's Link-time optimization (LTO), to ensure that systemd's binaries will not try to link to libgcc_s.

Compile the package:

make

Prevent a broken test case from running:

sed -e "s:test/udev-test.pl::g" \
    -e "s:test-bus-cleanup\$(EXEEXT) ::g" \
    -e "s:test-bus-gvariant\$(EXEEXT) ::g" \
    -i Makefile

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Install documentation files that are not installed by default:

install -v -m644 man/*.html /usr/share/doc/systemd-213

Move the nss_myhostname library to /lib:

mv -v /usr/lib/libnss_myhostname.so.2 /lib

Remove an unnecessary directory:

rm -rfv /usr/lib/rpm

Create symlinks for backwards-compatibility with Sysvinit:

for tool in runlevel reboot shutdown poweroff halt telinit; do
  ln -sfv ../bin/systemctl /sbin/$tool
done
ln -sfv ../lib/systemd/systemd /sbin/init

Modify a configuration file which references a group that doesn't exist:

sed -i "s@root lock@root root@g" /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf

10.64.2. Configuring Systemd

Create /etc/machine-id which is needed by Journald:

systemd-machine-id-setup

Create a file to identify the operating system. systemd will use this file on boot to put information on the screen.

cat > /etc/os-release << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/os-release

NAME=Cross-LFS
ID=clfs

PRETTY_NAME=Cross Linux From Scratch
ANSI_COLOR=0;33

VERSION=3.0.0-SYSTEMD
VERSION_ID=20141018

# End /etc/os-release
EOF

10.64.3. Contents of Systemd

Installed programs: bootctl, busctl, halt (link to systemctl), hostnamectl, init (link to systemd), journalctl, kernel-install, localectl, loginctl, machinectl, poweroff (link to systemctl), reboot (link to systemctl), runlevel (link to systemctl), shutdown (link to systemctl), systemctl, systemd, system-analyze, systemd-ask-password, systemd-cat, systemd-cgls, systemd-cgtop, systemd-coredumpctl, systemd-delta, systemd-detect-virt, systemd-inhibit, systemd-machine-id-setup, systemd-notify, systemd-nspawn, systemd-run, systemd-stdio-bridge (link to systemd-bus-proxyd), systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-tty-ask-password-agent, telinit (link to systemctl), timedatectl, udevadm
Installed libraries: libnss_myhostname.so, libsystemd.so, libudev.so
Installed directories: /etc/binfmt.d, /etc/init.d, /etc/kernel, /etc/modules-load.d, /etc/sysctl.d, /etc/systemd, /etc/tmpfiles.d, /etc/udev, /etc/xdg/systemd, /lib/systemd, /lib/udev, /usr/include/systemd, /usr/lib/binfmt.d, /usr/lib/kernel, /usr/lib/modules-load.d, /usr/lib/sysctl.d, /usr/lib/systemd, /usr/share/doc-systemd-213, /usr/share/systemd, /usr/share/zsh, /var/lib/systemd

Short Descriptions

bootctl

Controls the firmware and boot manager settings

busctl

Introspects and monitors the D-Bus bus

halt

Halts, powers off, or reboots the machine

hostnamectl

Controls the system hostname

init

systemd system and service manager

journalctl

Queries the systemd journal

kernel-install

Adds and removes kernel and initramfs images to and from /boot

localectl

Controls the system locale and keyboard layout settings

loginctl

Controls the systemd login manager

machinectl

Controls the systemd machine manager

poweroff

Halts, powers off, or reboots the machine

reboot

Halts, powers off, or reboots the machine

runlevel

Prints previous and current SysV runlevel

shutdown

Halts, powers off, or reboots the machine

systemctl

Control the systemd system and service manager

systemd

System and service manager for Linux

systemd-analyze

Analyzes system boot-up permformance

systemd-ask-password

Queries the user for a system passphrase, via the TTY or an UI agent.

systemd-cat

Connects a pipeline or program's output with the journal

systemd-cgls

Recursively shows control group contents

systemd-cgtop

Shows top control groups by resource usage

systemd-coredumpctl

Retrieves coredumps from the journal

systemd-delta

Finds overridden configuration files

systemd-detect-virt

Detects execution in a virtual environment

systemd-inhibit

Executes a program with an inhibition lock taken

systemd-machine-id-setup

Initializes the machine ID in /etc/machine-id

systemd-notify

Notifies init system about start-up completion and other daemon status changes

systemd-nspawn

Spawns a namespace container for debugging, testing, and building

systemd-run

Runs programs in transient scope or service units

systemd-stdio-bridge

Connects stdio or a socket to a given bus address

systemd-tmpfiles

Creates, deletes, and cleans up volatile and temporary files

systemd-tty-ask-password-agent

Process system password requests

telinit

Tells init which run-level to change to

timedatectl

Controls the system time and date

udevadm

Udev management tool

libnss_myhostname

Plugin for the GNU Name Service Switch (NSS) functionality of Glibc, provding hostname resolution for the locally configured system hostname

libsystemd

Support library for systemd

libudev

A library interface to Udev device information.

10.65. D-Bus-1.8.6

D-Bus is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another.

10.65.1. Installation of D-Bus

Prepare D-Bus for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib/dbus-1.0 --localstatedir=/var \
    --with-systemdsystemunitdir=/lib/systemd/system \
    --docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.8.6

Compile the package:

make

This package does come with a test suite, but it requires several packages that are not included in CLFS. Instructions for running the test suite can be found in the CBLFS wiki at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/D-BUS_Core.

Install the package:

make install

Move the shared library to /lib and recreate the symbolic link.

mv -v /usr/lib/libdbus-1.so.* /lib
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libdbus-1.so) /usr/lib/libdbus-1.so

Create a symlink so that D-Bus and systemd can use the same machine-id file:

ln -sv /etc/machine-id /var/lib/dbus

10.65.2. Contents of D-Bus

Installed programs: dbus-cleanup-sockets, dbus-daemon, dbus-launch, dbus-monitor, dbus-send, dbus-uuidgen
Installed libraries: libdbus-1.[a,so]
Installed directories: /etc/dbus-1, /usr/include/dbus-1.0, /usr/lib/dbus-1.0, /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.8.6, /var/lib/dbus

Short Descriptions

dbus-cleanup-sockets

Cleans up leftover sockets in a directory

dbus-daemon

The message bus daemon

dbus-uuidgen

Utility to generate UUIDs

dbus-monitor

A debug probe that prints message bus messages

dbus-launch

Utility to start a message bus from a shell script

dbus-send

Send a message to a message bus

libdbus-1

Library containing the API for using the message bus

10.66. Tar-1.27.1

The Tar package contains an archiving program.

10.66.1. Installation of Tar

The following patch adds a man page for tar:

patch -Np1 -i ../tar-1.27.1-manpage-1.patch

Prepare Tar for compilation:

FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 ./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --bindir=/bin --libexecdir=/usr/sbin

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

Generate the man page and place it in the proper location:

perl tarman > /usr/share/man/man1/tar.1

Install the documentation:

make -C doc install-html docdir=/usr/share/doc/tar-1.27.1

10.66.2. Contents of Tar

Installed programs: rmt, tar
Installed directory: /usr/share/doc/tar-1.27.1

Short Descriptions

rmt

Remotely manipulates a magnetic tape drive through an interprocess communication connection

tar

Creates, extracts files from, and lists the contents of archives, also known as tarballs

10.67. Texinfo-5.2

The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.

10.67.1. Installation of Texinfo

Prepare Texinfo for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.67.2. Contents of Texinfo

Installed programs: info, infokey, install-info, makeinfo (link to texi2any), pdftexi2dvi, texi2dvi, texi2pdf, texindex
Installed directory: /usr/share/texinfo

Short Descriptions

info

Used to read info pages which are similar to man pages, but often go much deeper than just explaining all the command line options. For example, compare man bison and info bison.

infokey

Compiles a source file containing Info customizations into a binary format

install-info

Used to install info pages; it updates entries in the info index file

makeinfo

Translates the given Texinfo source documents into info pages, plain text, or HTML

pdftexi2dvi

Shell script that run texi2dvi --pdf

texi2dvi

Used to format the given Texinfo document into a device-independent file that can be printed

texi2pdf

Used to format the given Texinfo document into a Portable Document Format (PDF) file

texindex

Used to sort Texinfo index files

10.68. Vim-7.4

The Vim package contains a powerful text editor.

10.68.1. Installation of Vim

Alternatives to Vim

If you prefer another editor—such as Emacs, Joe, or Nano—please refer to http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Category:Text_Editors for suggested installation instructions.

The following patch merges all updates from the 7.4 Branch from the Vim developers:

patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.4-branch_update-7.patch

Change the default location of the vimrc configuration file to /etc:

echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h

Prepare Vim for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr

Compile the package:

make

To test the results, issue:

make test

However, this test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen, which can cause issues with the settings of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting the output to a log file.

Install the package:

make install

Many users are accustomed to using vi instead of vim. Some programs, such as vigr and vipw, also use vi. Create a symlink to permit execution of vim when users habitually enter vi and allow programs that use vi to work:

ln -sv vim /usr/bin/vi

By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-7.4, making it consistent with the location of documentation for other packages:

ln -sv ../vim/vim74/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-7.4

If an X Window System is going to be installed on the CLFS system, you may want to recompile Vim after installing X. Vim comes with a GUI version of the editor that requires X and some additional libraries to be installed. For more information, refer to the Vim documentation and the Vim installation page in CBLFS at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Vim.

10.68.2. Configuring Vim

By default, vim runs in vi-incompatible mode. This may be new to users who have used other editors in the past. The “nocompatible” setting is included below to highlight the fact that a new behavior is being used. It also reminds those who would change to “compatible” mode that it should be the first setting in the configuration file. This is necessary because it changes other settings, and overrides must come after this setting. Create a default vim configuration file by running the following:

cat > /etc/vimrc << "EOF"
" Begin /etc/vimrc

set nocompatible
set backspace=2
set ruler
syntax on
if (&term == "iterm") || (&term == "putty")
  set background=dark
endif

" End /etc/vimrc
EOF

The set nocompatible makes vim behave in a more useful way (the default) than the vi-compatible manner. Remove the “no” to keep the old vi behavior. The set backspace=2 allows backspacing over line breaks, autoindents, and the start of insert. The syntax on enables vim's syntax highlighting. Finally, the if statement with the set background=dark corrects vim's guess about the background color of some terminal emulators. This gives the highlighting a better color scheme for use on the black background of these programs.

Documentation for other available options can be obtained by running the following command:

vim -c ':options'

10.68.3. Contents of Vim

Installed programs: efm_filter.pl, efm_perl.pl, ex (link to vim), less.sh, mve.awk, pltags.pl, ref, rview (link to vim), rvim (link to vim), shtags.pl, tcltags, vi (link to vim), view (link to vim), vim, vim132, vim2html.pl, vimdiff (link to vim), vimm, vimspell.sh, vimtutor, xxd
Installed directory: /usr/share/vim

Short Descriptions

efm_filter.pl

A filter for creating an error file that can be read by vim

efm_perl.pl

Reformats the error messages of the Perl interpreter for use with the “quickfix” mode of vim

ex

Starts vim in ex mode

less.sh

A script that starts vim with less.vim

mve.awk

Processes vim errors

pltags.pl

Creates a tags file for Perl code for use by vim

ref

Checks the spelling of arguments

rview

Is a restricted version of view; no shell commands can be started and view cannot be suspended

rvim

Is a restricted version of vim; no shell commands can be started and vim cannot be suspended

shtags.pl

Generates a tags file for Perl scripts

tcltags

Generates a tags file for TCL code

view

Starts vim in read-only mode

vi

Link to vim

vim

Is the editor

vim132

Starts vim with the terminal in 132-column mode

vim2html.pl

Converts Vim documentation to HypterText Markup Language (HTML)

vimdiff

Edits two or three versions of a file with vim and show differences

vimm

Enables the DEC locator input model on a remote terminal

vimspell.sh

Spell checks a file and generates the syntax statements necessary to highlight in vim. This script requires the old Unix spell command, which is provided neither in CLFS nor in CBLFS

vimtutor

Teaches the basic keys and commands of vim

xxd

Creates a hex dump of the given file; it can also do the reverse, so it can be used for binary patching

10.69. GRUB-2.00

The GRUB package contains the GRand Unified Bootloader.

10.69.1. Installation of GRUB

Note

If you would like use a different bootloader than this one you can go to the following link for alternative bootloaders and the instructions to use them. http://trac.cross-lfs.org/wiki/bootloaders

Note

This package is known to have issues when its default optimization flags (including the -march and -mtune options) are changed. If any environment variables that override default optimizations have been defined, such as CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS, unset them when building GRUB.

Glibc-2.19 does not declare gets():

sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h

Prepare GRUB for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --sysconfdir=/etc --disable-werror

Compile the package:

make

To test GRUB you must have QEMU installed and then, issue:

make check

Install the package:

make install

10.69.2. Configuring GRUB

Now that grub is installed, we need to configure the defaults that will be used to generate the configuration after we install the kernel. Create this file with the following:

install -m755 -dv /etc/default
cat > /etc/default/grub << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/default/grub

GRUB_DEFAULT=0
#GRUB_SAVEDEFAULT=true
GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT=
GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT_QUIET=false
GRUB_TIMEOUT=10
GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR=Cross-LFS

GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=""
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=""

#GRUB_TERMINAL=console
#GRUB_GFXMODE=640x480
#GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX=keep

#GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID=true
#GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_RECOVERY=true

#GRUB_INIT_TUNE="480 440 1"

#GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER=true

# End /etc/default/grub
EOF

The meaning of the above options and possible alternate values:

GRUB_DEFAULT=

Write Me

GRUB_SAVEDEFAULT=

Write Me

GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT=

Write Me

GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT_QUIET=

Write Me

GRUB_TIMEOUT=

Write Me

GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR=

Write Me

GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=

Write Me

GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=

Write Me

GRUB_TERMINAL=

Write Me

GRUB_GFXMODE=

Write Me

GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX=

Write Me

GRUB_DEFAULT=

Write Me

GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID=

Write Me

GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_RECOVERY=

Write Me

GRUB_INIT_TUNE=

Write Me

GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER=

Write Me

10.69.3. Contents of GRUB

Installed programs: grub, grub-install, grub-md5-crypt, grub-set-default, grub-terminfo, and mbchk
Installed directories: /usr/lib/grub, /boot/grub

Short Descriptions

grub

The Grand Unified Bootloader's command shell

grub-install

Installs GRUB on the given device

grub-md5-crypt

Encrypts a password in MD5 format

grub-set-default

Sets the default boot entry for GRUB

grub-terminfo

Generates a terminfo command from a terminfo name; it can be employed if an unknown terminal is being used

mbchk

Checks the format of a multi-boot kernel

10.70. About Debugging Symbols

Most programs and libraries are, by default, compiled with debugging symbols included (with gcc's -g option). This means that when debugging a program or library that was compiled with debugging information included, the debugger can provide not only memory addresses, but also the names of the routines and variables.

However, the inclusion of these debugging symbols enlarges a program or library significantly. The following is an example of the amount of space these symbols occupy:

  • a bash binary with debugging symbols: 1200 KB

  • a bash binary without debugging symbols: 480 KB

  • Glibc and GCC files (/lib and /usr/lib) with debugging symbols: 87 MB

  • Glibc and GCC files without debugging symbols: 16 MB

Sizes may vary depending on which compiler and C library were used, but when comparing programs with and without debugging symbols, the difference will usually be a factor between two and five.

Because most users will never use a debugger on their system software, a lot of disk space can be regained by removing these symbols. The next section shows how to strip all debugging symbols from the programs and libraries.

10.71. Stripping

If the intended user is not a programmer and does not plan to do any debugging on the system software, the system size can be decreased by about 200 MB by removing the debugging symbols from binaries and libraries. This causes no inconvenience other than not being able to debug the software fully anymore.

Most people who use the command mentioned below do not experience any difficulties. However, it is easy to make a typo and render the new system unusable, so before running the strip command, it is a good idea to make a backup of the current situation.

Before performing the stripping, take special care to ensure that none of the binaries that are about to be stripped are running. If unsure whether the user entered chroot with the command given in If You Are Going to Chroot first exit from chroot:

logout

Then reenter it with:

chroot ${CLFS} /tools/bin/env -i \
    HOME=/root TERM=${TERM} PS1='\u:\w\$ ' \
    PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin \
    /tools/bin/bash --login

Now the binaries and libraries can be safely stripped:

/tools/bin/find /{,usr/}{bin,lib,sbin} -type f \
   -exec /tools/bin/strip --strip-debug '{}' ';'

A large number of files will be reported as having their file format not recognized. These warnings can be safely ignored. These warnings indicate that those files are scripts instead of binaries.

If disk space is very tight, the --strip-all option can be used on the binaries in /{,usr/}{bin,sbin} to gain several more megabytes. Do not use this option on libraries—they will be destroyed.

Chapter 11. System Configuration

11.1. Introduction

This chapter details how to finish configuring the base system. This includes some final configuration for systemd as well as locales and a simple bash profile that should be suitable for most users.

11.2. How does Systemd work?

Warning

Please disregard this page until it is complete and verified.

11.2.1. Introduction to Systemd

Systemd is a system management daemon designed exclusively for the Linux kernel API. In the Linux startup process, it is the first process to execute in user land; therefore, it is also the parent process of all child processes in user land.

Systemd's initialization instructions for each daemon are recorded in a declarative configuration file rather than a shell script. For inter-process communication, systemd makes Unix domain sockets and D-Bus available to the running daemons. Because systemd tracks processes using Linux cgroups instead of process identifiers (PIDs), daemons cannot "escape" systemd; not even by double-forking. Systemd is also capable of aggressive parallelization.

Among systemd's auxiliary features are a cron-like job scheduler called systemd Calendar Timers, and an event logging subsystem called journal. The system administrator may choose whether to log system events with systemd or syslog. Systemd's logfile is a binary file. The state of systemd itself can be preserved in a snapshot for future recall.

Systemd provides a replacement for sysvinit, pm-utils, inetd, acpid, syslog, watchdog, cron and atd, and obsoletes ConsoleKit.

11.2.2. Systemctl

systemctl is the main command used to introspect and control systemd.

List running units:

systemctl or systemctl list-units

List failed units:

systemctl --failed

List available unit files:

systemctl list-unit-files

Activate a unit immediately:

systemctl start unit

Stop a unit immediately:

systemctl stop unit

Restart a unit:

systemctl restart unit

Reload unit configuration:

systemctl reload unit

Show status of a unit:

systemctl status unit

Check if a unit is enabled or disabled:

systemctl is-enabled unit

Enable a unit to start during boot:

systemctl enable unit

Disable a unit to not start during boot:

systemctl disable unit

Reload systemd and scan for new or changed units:

systemctl daemon-reload

For more information regarding systemd, please refer to the systemd and related man-pages and Systemd at FedoraProject for documentation, examples, features, and other information.

11.3. Configuring the system clock

This section discusses how to configure the systemd-timedated system service, which configures system clock and timezone.

Systemd provides a timedatectl utility which is used to communicate with systemd-timedated. It can be used to set the system clock in local time or UTC time, depending on the hardware clock setting. By default, systemd-timedated will assume that clock is set to UTC time.

If you cannot remember whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC, find out by running the hwclock --localtime --show command. This will display what the current time is according to the hardware clock. If this time matches whatever your watch says, then the hardware clock is set to local time. If the output from hwclock is not local time, chances are it is set to UTC time. Verify this by adding or subtracting the proper amount of hours for the timezone to the time shown by hwclock. For example, if you are currently in the MST timezone, which is also known as GMT -0700, add seven hours to the local time.

systemd-timedated reads /etc/adjtime, and depending on the contents of the file, it sets the clock to either UTC or local time.

Create the /etc/adjtime file with the following contents if your hardware clock is set to local time:

cat > /etc/adjtime << "EOF"
0.0 0 0.0
0
LOCAL
EOF

If /etc/adjtime isn't present at first boot, systemd-timedated will assume that hardware clock is set to UTC and adjust the file according to that.

If your clock is set to local time, tell systemd-timedated about it by running the following command:

timedatectl set-local-rtc 1

timedatectl can also be used to change system time and time zone.

To change your current system time, issue:

timedatectl set-time YYYY:MM:DD HH:MM:SS

Hardware clock will also be updated accordingly.

To change your current time zone, issue:

timedatectl set-timezone TIMEZONE

You can get list of available time zones by running:

timedatectl list-timezones

Note

Please note that timedatectl command can be used only on a system booted with systemd.

11.4. Configuring the Linux Console

This section discusses how to configure the systemd-vconsole-setup system service which configures the virtual console font and console keymap. The systemd-vconsole-setup service reads /etc/vconsole.conf for configuration information. Decide which keymap and screen font will be used. Various language-specific HOWTO's can help. with this (see http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/HOWTO-INDEX/other-lang.html. Examine localectl list-keymaps output for a list of valid console keymaps. Look in /usr/share/consolefonts for valid screen fonts.

The /etc/vconsole.conf file should contain lines of the form: VARIABLE="value". The following variables are recognized:

KEYMAP

This variable specifies the key mapping table for the keyboard. If unset, it defaults to us.

KEYMAP_TOGGLE

This variable can be used to configure a second toggle keymap and is unset by default.

FONT

This variable specifies the font used by the virtual console.

FONT_MAP

This variable specifies the console map to be used.

FONT_UNIMAP

This variable specifies the unicode font map.

An example for a German keyboard and console is given below:

cat > /etc/vconsole.conf << "EOF"
KEYMAP=de-latin1
FONT=Lat2-Terminus16
EOF

You can change KEYMAP value at runtime by using the localectl utility:

localectl set-keymap MAP

Note

Please note that localectl command can be used only on a system booted with systemd.

You can also use localectl utility with the corresponding parameters to change X11 keyboard layout, model, variant and options:

localectl set-x11-keymap LAYOUT [MODEL] [VARIANT] [OPTIONS]

To list possible values for localectl set-x11-keymap parameters, run localectl with parameters listed below:

list-x11-keymap-models

Show known X11 keyboard mapping models.

list-x11-keymap-layouts

Show known X11 keyboard mapping layouts.

list-x11-keymap-variants

Show known X11 keyboard mapping variants.

list-x11-keymap-options

Show known X11 keyboard mapping options.

Note

Using any of the parameters listed above requires XKeyboard Client package from CBLFS.

11.5. Device and Module Handling on a CLFS System

In Installing Basic System Software, we installed Udev, as one of the components of systemd. Before we go into the details regarding how this works, a brief history of previous methods of handling devices is in order.

11.5.1. History

11.5.1.1. Static Device Nodes

Linux systems in general traditionally use a static device creation method, whereby a great many device nodes are created under /dev (sometimes literally thousands of nodes), regardless of whether the corresponding hardware devices actually exist. This is typically done via a MAKEDEV script, which contains a number of calls to the mknod program with the relevant major and minor device numbers for every possible device that might exist in the world.

11.5.1.2. Devfs

In February 2000, a new filesystem called devfs, which dynamically created device nodes as devices were found by the kernel, was merged into the 2.3.46 kernel and was made available during the 2.4 series of stable kernels. Although it was present in the kernel source itself, this method of creating devices dynamically never received overwhelming support from the core kernel developers.

The main problem with the approach adopted by devfs was the way it handled device detection, creation, and naming. The latter issue, that of device node naming, was perhaps the most critical. It is generally accepted that if device names are allowed to be configurable, then the device naming policy should be up to a system administrator, not imposed on them by any particular developer(s). The devfs file system also suffered from race conditions that were inherent in its design and could not be fixed without a substantial revision to the kernel. It was marked deprecated with the release of the 2.6 kernel series, and was removed entirely as of version 2.6.18.

11.5.1.3. Sysfs

With the development of the unstable 2.5 kernel tree, later released as the 2.6 series of stable kernels, a new virtual filesystem called sysfs came to be. The job of sysfs is to export a view of the system's hardware configuration to userspace processes. Drivers that have been compiled into the kernel directly register their objects with sysfs as they are detected by the kernel. For drivers compiled as modules, this registration will happen when the module is loaded. Once the sysfs filesystem is mounted (on /sys), data which the built-in drivers registered with sysfs are available to userspace processes. With this userspace-visible representation, the possibility of seeing a userspace replacement for devfs became much more realistic.

11.5.1.4. Udev Implementation

Shortly after the introduction of sysfs, work began on a program called Udev to advantage of it. The udev daemon made calls to mknod() to create device nodes in /dev dynamically, based on the information from sysfs, in /sys. For example, /sys/class/tty/vcs/dev contains the string “7:0”. This string was used by udev to create a device node with major number 7 and minor number 0.

Linux kernel version 2.6.32 introduced a new virtual file system called devtmpfs, an improved replacement for devfs. This allows device nodes to once again be dynamically created by the kernel, without many of the problems of devfs. As of version 176, Udev no longer creates device nodes itself, instead relying on devtmpfs to do so.

11.5.1.5. Systemd and Eudev

In 2010, development began on systemd, an alternate init implementation. Starting with Udev 183, Udev's source tree was merged with systemd. Several Gentoo developers who disagreed with this merge announced a project fork called Eudev in December 2012, created by extracting the Udev code from systemd. One of the goals of Eudev is to allow for easier installation and usage of udevd without the need for the rest of systemd.

11.5.2. Device Node Creation

By default, device nodes created by the kernel in a devtmpfs are owned by root:root and have 600 permissions. udevd can modify ownership and permissions of the nodes under the /dev directory, and can also create additional symlinks, based on rules specified in the files within the /etc/udev/rules.d, /lib/udev/rules.d, and /run/udev/rules.d directories. The names for these files start with a number, to indicate the order in which they are run, and they have a .rules extension (udevd will ignore files with any other extension). All of the rules files from these directories are combined into a single list, sorted by filename, and run in that order. In the event of a conflict, where a rules file with the same name exists in two or more of these directories, the rules in /etc take the highest priority, followed by rules files in /run, and finally /lib. Any device for which a rule cannot be found will just be ignored by udevd and be left at the defaults defined by the kernel, as described above. For more details about writing Udev rules, see /usr/share/doc/systemd-213/udev.html.

11.5.3. Module Loading

Device drivers compiled as modules may have aliases built into them. Aliases are visible in the output of the modinfo program and are usually related to the bus-specific identifiers of devices supported by a module. For example, the snd-fm801 driver supports PCI devices with vendor ID 0x1319 and device ID 0x0801, and has an alias of “pci:v00001319d00000801sv*sd*bc04sc01i*”. For most devices, the bus driver exports the alias of the driver that would handle the device via sysfs. E.g., the /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0d.0/modalias file might contain the string “pci:v00001319d00000801sv00001319sd00001319bc04sc01i00”. The default rules provided by Udev will cause udevd to call out to /sbin/modprobe with the contents of the MODALIAS uevent environment variable (that should be the same as the contents of the modalias file in sysfs), thus loading all modules whose aliases match this string after wildcard expansion.

In this example, this means that, in addition to snd-fm801, the obsolete (and unwanted) forte driver will be loaded if it is available. See below for ways in which the loading of unwanted drivers can be prevented.

The kernel itself is also able to load modules for network protocols, filesystems and NLS support on demand.

11.5.4. Problems with Loading Modules and Creating Devices

There are a few possible problems when it comes to automatically creating device nodes.

11.5.4.1. A kernel module is not loaded automatically

Udev will only load a module if it has a bus-specific alias and the bus driver properly exports the necessary aliases to sysfs. In other cases, one should arrange module loading by other means. With Linux-3.14.21, Udev is known to load properly-written drivers for INPUT, IDE, PCI, USB, SCSI, SERIO and FireWire devices.

To determine if the device driver you require has the necessary support for Udev, run modinfo with the module name as the argument. Now try locating the device directory under /sys/bus and check whether there is a modalias file there.

If the modalias file exists in sysfs, the driver supports the device and can talk to it directly, but doesn't have the alias, it is a bug in the driver. Load the driver without the help from Udev and expect the issue to be fixed later.

If there is no modalias file in the relevant directory under /sys/bus, this means that the kernel developers have not yet added modalias support to this bus type. With Linux-3.14.21, this is the case with ISA busses. Expect this issue to be fixed in later kernel versions.

Udev is not intended to load “wrapper” drivers such as snd-pcm-oss and non-hardware drivers such as loop at all.

11.5.4.2. A kernel module is not loaded automatically, and Udev is not intended to load it

If the “wrapper” module only enhances the functionality provided by some other module (e.g., snd-pcm-oss enhances the functionality of snd-pcm by making the sound cards available to OSS applications), configure modprobe to load the wrapper after Udev loads the wrapped module. To do this, add an “install” line to a file in /etc/modprobe.d. For example:

install snd-pcm /sbin/modprobe -i snd-pcm ; \
    /sbin/modprobe snd-pcm-oss ; true

If the module in question is not a wrapper and is useful by itself, configure the S05modules bootscript to load this module on system boot. To do this, add the module name to the /etc/sysconfig/modules file on a separate line. This works for wrapper modules too, but is suboptimal in that case.

11.5.4.3. Udev loads some unwanted module

Either don't build the module, or blacklist it in /etc/modprobe.d file as done with the forte module in the example below:

blacklist forte

Blacklisted modules can still be loaded manually with the explicit modprobe command.

11.5.4.4. Udev makes a wrong symlink

This usually happens if a rule unexpectedly matches a device. For example, a poorly-written rule can match both a SCSI disk (as desired) and the corresponding SCSI generic device (incorrectly) by vendor. Find the offending rule and make it more specific, with the help of udevadm info.

11.5.4.5. Udev rule works unreliably

This may be another manifestation of the previous problem. If not, and your rule uses sysfs attributes, it may be a kernel timing issue, to be fixed in later kernels. For now, you can work around it by creating a rule that waits for the used sysfs attribute and appending it to the /etc/udev/rules.d/10-wait_for_sysfs.rules file. Please notify the CLFS Development list if you do so and it helps.

11.5.4.6. Device naming order changes randomly after rebooting

This is due to the fact that Udev, by design, handles uevents and loads modules in parallel, and thus in an unpredictable order. This will never be “fixed”. You should not rely upon the kernel device names being stable. Instead, create your own rules that make symlinks with stable names based on some stable attributes of the device, such as a serial number or the output of various *_id utilities installed by Udev. See Section 11.6, “Creating custom symlinks to devices” and Networking Configuration for examples.

11.5.5. Useful Reading

Additional helpful documentation is available at the following sites:

11.6. Creating custom symlinks to devices

11.6.1. CD-ROM symlinks

Some software that you may want to install later (e.g., various media players) expect the /dev/cdrom and /dev/dvd symlinks to exist. Also, it may be convenient to put references to those symlinks into /etc/fstab. For each of your CD-ROM devices, find the corresponding directory under /sys (e.g., this can be /sys/block/hdd) and run a command similar to the following:

udevadm test /sys/block/hdd

Look at the lines containing the output of various *_id programs.

There are two approaches to creating symlinks. The first one is to use the model name and the serial number, the second one is based on the location of the device on the bus. If you are going to use the first approach, create a file similar to the following:

cat >/etc/udev/rules.d/82-cdrom.rules << EOF

# Custom CD-ROM symlinks
SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_MODEL}=="SAMSUNG_CD-ROM_SC-148F", \
    ENV{ID_REVISION}=="PS05", SYMLINK+="cdrom"
SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_MODEL}=="PHILIPS_CDD5301", \
    ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="5VO1306DM00190", SYMLINK+="cdrom1 dvd"

EOF

Note

Although the examples in this book work properly, be aware that Udev does not recognize the backslash for line continuation. If modifying Udev rules with an editor, be sure to leave each rule on one physical line.

This way, the symlinks will stay correct even if you move the drives to different positions on the IDE bus, but the /dev/cdrom symlink won't be created if you replace the old SAMSUNG CD-ROM with a new drive.

The SUBSYSTEM=="block" key is needed in order to avoid matching SCSI generic devices. Without it, in the case with SCSI CD-ROMs, the symlinks will sometimes point to the correct /dev/srX devices, and sometimes to /dev/sgX, which is wrong.

The second approach yields:

cat >/etc/udev/rules.d/82-cdrom.rules << EOF

# Custom CD-ROM symlinks
SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_TYPE}=="cd", \
    ENV{ID_PATH}=="pci-0000:00:07.1-ide-0:1", SYMLINK+="cdrom"
SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_TYPE}=="cd", \
    ENV{ID_PATH}=="pci-0000:00:07.1-ide-1:1", SYMLINK+="cdrom1 dvd"

EOF

This way, the symlinks will stay correct even if you replace drives with different models, but place them to the old positions on the IDE bus. The ENV{ID_TYPE}=="cd" key makes sure that the symlink disappears if you put something other than a CD-ROM in that position on the bus.

Of course, it is possible to mix the two approaches.

11.6.2. Dealing with duplicate devices

As explained in Section 11.5, “Device and Module Handling on a CLFS System”, the order in which devices with the same function appear in /dev is essentially random. E.g., if you have a USB web camera and a TV tuner, sometimes /dev/video0 refers to the camera and /dev/video1 refers to the tuner, and sometimes after a reboot the order changes to the opposite one. For all classes of hardware except sound cards and network cards, this is fixable by creating udev rules for custom persistent symlinks. The case of network cards is covered separately in Networking Configuration, and sound card configuration can be found in CBLFS.

For each of your devices that is likely to have this problem (even if the problem doesn't exist in your current Linux distribution), find the corresponding directory under /sys/class or /sys/block. For video devices, this may be /sys/class/video4linux/videoX. Figure out the attributes that identify the device uniquely (usually, vendor and product IDs and/or serial numbers work):

udevadm info -a -p /sys/class/video4linux/video0

Then write rules that create the symlinks, e.g.:

cat >/etc/udev/rules.d/83-duplicate_devs.rules << EOF

# Persistent symlinks for webcam and tuner
KERNEL=="video*", SYSFS{idProduct}=="1910", SYSFS{idVendor}=="0d81", \
    SYMLINK+="webcam"
KERNEL=="video*", SYSFS{device}=="0x036f", SYSFS{vendor}=="0x109e", \
    SYMLINK+="tvtuner"

EOF

The result is that /dev/video0 and /dev/video1 devices still refer randomly to the tuner and the web camera (and thus should never be used directly), but there are symlinks /dev/tvtuner and /dev/webcam that always point to the correct device.

11.7. The Bash Shell Startup Files

The shell program /bin/bash (hereafter referred to as “the shell”) uses a collection of startup files to help create an environment to run in. Each file has a specific use and may affect login and interactive environments differently. The files in the /etc directory provide global settings. If an equivalent file exists in the home directory, it may override the global settings.

An interactive login shell is started after a successful login, using /bin/login, by reading the /etc/passwd file. An interactive non-login shell is started at the command-line (e.g., [prompt]$/bin/bash). A non-interactive shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is non-interactive because it is processing a script and not waiting for user input between commands.

For more information, see info bash under the Bash Startup Files and Interactive Shells section, and Bash Startup Files in CBLFS.

The files /etc/profile and ~/.bash_profile are read when the shell is invoked as an interactive login shell. Create a base /etc/profile that will read locale information from /etc/locale.conf and load any Bash auto completion files that may be on the system. This script also sets the INPUTRC environment variable that makes Bash and Readline use /etc/inputrc:

cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile

source /etc/locale.conf

for f in /etc/bash_completion.d/*
do
  if [ -e ${f} ]; then source ${f}; fi
done
unset f

export INPUTRC=/etc/inputrc

# End /etc/profile
EOF

11.8. Setting Up Locale Information

The /etc/locale.conf below sets some environment variables necessary for native language support. Setting them properly results in:

  • The output of programs translated into the native language

  • Correct classification of characters into letters, digits and other classes. This is necessary for bash to properly accept non-ASCII characters in command lines in non-English locales

  • The correct alphabetical sorting order for the country

  • Appropriate default paper size

  • Correct formatting of monetary, time, and date values

Replace [ll] below with the two-letter code for the desired language (e.g., “en”) and [CC] with the two-letter code for the appropriate country (e.g., “GB” or “US”). [charmap] should be replaced with the canonical charmap for your chosen locale. Optional modifiers such as “@euro” may also be present.

The list of all locales supported by Glibc can be obtained by running the following command:

locale -a

Locales can have a number of synonyms, e.g. “ISO-8859-1” is also referred to as “iso8859-1” and “iso88591”. Some applications cannot handle the various synonyms correctly, so it is safest to choose the canonical name for a particular locale. To determine the canonical name, run the following command, where [locale name] is the output given by locale -a for your preferred locale (“en_US.utf8” in our example).

LC_ALL=[locale name] locale charmap

For the “en_US.utf8” locale, the above command will print:

UTF-8

This results in a final locale setting of “en_US.UTF-8”. It is important that the locale found using the heuristic above is tested prior to it being added to /etc/locale.conf:

LC_ALL=[locale name] locale territory
LC_ALL=[locale name] locale language
LC_ALL=[locale name] locale charmap
LC_ALL=[locale name] locale int_curr_symbol
LC_ALL=[locale name] locale int_prefix

The above commands should print the language name, the character encoding used by the locale, the local currency, and the prefix to dial before the telephone number in order to get into the country. If any of the commands above fail with a message similar to the one shown below, this means that your locale was either not installed in Chapter 10 or is not supported by the default installation of Glibc.

locale: Cannot set LC_* to default locale: No such file or directory

If this happens, you should either install the desired locale using the localedef command, or consider choosing a different locale. Further instructions assume that there are no such error messages from Glibc.

Some packages beyond CLFS may also lack support for your chosen locale. One example is the X library (part of the X Window System), which outputs the following error message:

Warning: locale not supported by Xlib, locale set to C

Sometimes it is possible to fix this by removing the charmap part of the locale specification, as long as that does not change the character map that Glibc associates with the locale (this can be checked by running the locale charmap command in both locales). For example, one would have to change "de_DE.ISO-8859-15@euro" to "de_DE@euro" in order to get this locale recognized by Xlib.

Other packages can also function incorrectly (but may not necessarily display any error messages) if the locale name does not meet their expectations. In those cases, investigating how other Linux distributions support your locale might provide some useful information.

Once the proper locale settings have been determined, create the /etc/locale.conf file:

cat > /etc/locale.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/locale.conf

LANG=[ll]_[CC].[charmap][@modifiers]

# End /etc/locale.conf
EOF

Note that you can modify /etc/locale.conf with systemd's localectl utility. To use localectl for the example above, run:

localectl set-locale LANG="[ll]_[CC][charmap][@modifiers]"

You can also specify other language specific environment variables such as LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_NUMERIC or any other environment variable from locale output. Just separate them with a space. An example where LANG is set as en_US.UTF-8 but LC_CTYPE is set as just en_US is:

localectl set-locale LANG="en_US.UTF-8" LC_CTYPE="en_US"

Note

Please note that localectl command can be used only on a system booted with systemd.

Setting the keyboard layout, screen font, and locale-related environment variables are the only internationalization steps needed to support locales that use ordinary single-byte encodings and left-to-right writing direction. UTF-8 has been tested on the English, French, German, Italian, and Spanish locales. All other locales are untested. If you discover issues with any other locale please open a ticket in our Trac system.

Some locales need additional programs and support. CLFS will not be supporting these locales in the book. We welcome the support for these other locales via http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/.

11.9. Creating the /etc/inputrc File

The /etc/inputrc file deals with mapping the keyboard for specific situations. This file is the start-up file used by Readline — the input-related library — used by Bash and most other shells.

Most people do not need user-specific keyboard mappings so the command below creates a global /etc/inputrc used by everyone who logs in. If you later decide you need to override the defaults on a per-user basis, you can create a .inputrc file in the user's home directory with the modified mappings.

For more information on how to edit the inputrc file, see info bash under the Readline Init File section. info readline is also a good source of information.

Below is a generic global inputrc along with comments to explain what the various options do. Note that comments cannot be on the same line as commands. Create the file using the following command:

cat > /etc/inputrc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/inputrc
# Modified by Chris Lynn <roryo@roryo.dynup.net>

# Allow the command prompt to wrap to the next line
set horizontal-scroll-mode Off

# Enable 8bit input
set meta-flag On
set input-meta On

# Turns off 8th bit stripping
set convert-meta Off

# Keep the 8th bit for display
set output-meta On

# none, visible or audible
set bell-style none

# All of the following map the escape sequence of the
# value contained inside the 1st argument to the
# readline specific functions

"\eOd": backward-word
"\eOc": forward-word

# for linux console
"\e[1~": beginning-of-line
"\e[4~": end-of-line
"\e[5~": beginning-of-history
"\e[6~": end-of-history
"\e[3~": delete-char
"\e[2~": quoted-insert

# for xterm
"\eOH": beginning-of-line
"\eOF": end-of-line

# for Konsole
"\e[H": beginning-of-line
"\e[F": end-of-line

# End /etc/inputrc
EOF

11.10. Creating the /etc/fstab File

The /etc/fstab file is used by some programs to determine where file systems are to be mounted by default, in which order, and which must be checked (for integrity errors) prior to mounting. Create a new file systems table like this:

cat > /etc/fstab << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/fstab

# file system  mount-point  type   options          dump  fsck
#                                                         order

/dev/[xxx]     /            [fff]  defaults         1     1
/dev/[yyy]     swap         swap   pri=1            0     0

# End /etc/fstab
EOF

Replace [xxx], [yyy], and [fff] with the values appropriate for the system, for example, sda2, sda5, and ext2. For details on the six fields in this file, see man 5 fstab.

Chapter 12. Networking Configuration

12.1. Configuring the system hostname

Systemd reads /etc/hostname to determine which hostname should be set.

Create the /etc/hostname file and enter a hostname by running:

echo "[clfs]" > /etc/hostname

[clfs] needs to be replaced with the name given to the computer. Do not enter the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) here. That information will be put in the /etc/hosts file in the next section.

12.2. Customizing the /etc/hosts File

If a network card is to be configured, decide on the IP address, fully-qualified domain name (FQDN), and possible aliases for use in the /etc/hosts file. The syntax is:

<IP address> myhost.example.org aliases

Unless the computer is to be visible to the Internet (i.e., there is a registered domain and a valid block of assigned IP addresses—most users do not have this), make sure that the IP address is in the private network IP address range. Valid ranges are:

Private Network Address Range       Normal Prefix
10.0.0.1 - 10.255.255.254           8
172.x.0.1 - 172.x.255.254           16
192.168.y.1 - 192.168.y.254         24

x can be any number in the range 16-31. y can be any number in the range 0-255.

A valid IP address could be 192.168.1.1. A valid FQDN for this IP could be www.cross-lfs.org (not recommended because this is a valid registered domain address and could cause domain name server issues).

Even if not using a network card, a valid FQDN is still required. This is necessary for certain programs to operate correctly.

Create the /etc/hosts file by running:

cat > /etc/hosts << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/hosts (network card version)

127.0.0.1 localhost
[192.168.1.1] [<HOSTNAME>.example.org] [HOSTNAME] [alias ...]

# End /etc/hosts (network card version)
EOF

The [192.168.1.1] and [<HOSTNAME>.example.org] values need to be changed for specific users or requirements (if assigned an IP address by a network/system administrator and the machine will be connected to an existing network). The optional alias name(s) can be omitted.

If a network card is not going to be configured, create the /etc/hosts file by running:

cat > /etc/hosts << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/hosts (no network card version)

127.0.0.1 [<HOSTNAME>.example.org] [HOSTNAME] localhost

# End /etc/hosts (no network card version)
EOF

12.3. Creating the /etc/resolv.conf File

If the system is going to be connected to the Internet, it will need some means of Domain Name Service (DNS) name resolution to resolve Internet domain names to IP addresses, and vice versa. This is best achieved by placing the IP address of the DNS server, available from the ISP or network administrator, into /etc/resolv.conf. If at least one of your network interfaces is going to be configured by DHCP then you may not need to create this file. By default DHCPCD will overwrite this file when it gets a new lease from the DHCP server. If you wish to manually configure your network interfaces or manually set your DNS using DHCP then create the file by running the following:

cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/resolv.conf

domain [Your Domain Name]
nameserver [IP address of your primary nameserver]
nameserver [IP address of your secondary nameserver]

# End /etc/resolv.conf
EOF

The domain statement can be omitted or replaced with a search statement. See the man page for resolv.conf for more details.

Replace [IP address of the nameserver] with the IP address of the DNS most appropriate for the setup. There will often be more than one entry (requirements demand secondary servers for fallback capability). If you only need or want one DNS server, remove the second nameserver line from the file. The IP address may also be a router on the local network.

12.4. Systemd Networking?

This section only applies if a network card is to be configured. If you do not need to configure a network interface you can skip on to Making the CLFS System Bootable.

There are two different ways you can proceed from this point to configure your network. You can use systemd, or install the CLFS-Network-Scripts.

To use systemd to configure a Network Interface, Follow Section 12.5, “Networking Configuration with Systemd-networkd”.

To use CLFS-network-scripts to configure a Network Interface, Follow Section 12.6, “CLFS-Network-Scripts-20140224”.

12.5. Networking Configuration with Systemd-networkd

12.5.1. Network Interface Configuration

Note

Udev may assign random Network Card Interface names for some network cards such as enp2s1. If you are not sure what your Network Card Interface name is, you can always run ip l after you have booted your system. It is important that the Name variable in /etc/systemd/network contain the correct Network Card Interface name (e.g. Name=enp2s1 or Name=eth0) or systemd will fail to bring up your network interface.

12.5.1.1. Static Network Interface Configuration

systemd-networkd uses /etc/system/network for configuration files. Refer to systemd.network(5) and systemd.netdev(5). Configure a network interface with a config file. Adjust Name= as required:

cd /etc/systemd/network &&
cat > static.network << "EOF"
[Match]
Name=enp2s0

[Network]
Address=192.168.1.1/24
Gateway=192.168.1.2
EOF

The values of these variables must be changed in every file to match the proper setup.

The Name variable defines the interface name, for example, eth0. It is required for all network device configuration files.

The Gateway variable should contain the default gateway IP address, if one is present. If not, then comment out the variable entirely.

For more information see the systemd.netdev man page.

12.5.1.2. Connecting to a network with DHCP

systemd-networkd uses /etc/systemd/network for configuration files. Refer to systemd.network(5) and systemd.netdev(5). Configure a network interface with a config file. Adjust Name= as required:

cd /etc/systemd/network &&
cat > dhcp.network << "EOF"
[Match]
Name=enp2s0

[Network]
DHCP=yes
EOF

systemd-networkd will automatically configure /run/systemd/network/resolv.conf when using DHCP. If you did not manually create /etc/resolv.conf, create a symlink:

ln -sv /run/systemd/network/resolv.conf /etc

12.5.2. Using Timesyncd

Systemd includes a simple NTP client daemon, systemd-timesyncd, though it is disabled by default. If you want to enable it, you will first need to add a required user and group:

groupadd -g 41 systemd-timesync
useradd -g systemd-timesync -u 41 -d /dev/null -s /bin/false systemd-timesync

Then, actually enable systemd-timesyncd so that it will run on system boot:

systemctl enable systemd-timesyncd

You can configure systemd-timesyncd by editing /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.

Continue to Making the CLFS System Bootable.

12.6. CLFS-Network-Scripts-20140224

The CLFS-Network-Scripts package contains a set of scripts to configure the network at bootup and deconfigure it at shutdown.

12.6.1. Installation of CLFS-Network-Scripts

Install the package:

make install

12.6.2. Contents of CLFS-Network-Scripts

Installed scripts: ifdown, ifup, ipv4-static
Installed systemd units: ifupdown@.service, dhcpcd@.service, nscd.service
Installed directories: /etc/sysconfig, /lib/services, /lib/lsb (symbolic link)

Short Descriptions

ifdown

Stops a network device.

ifup

Initializes a network device.

ipv4-static

Provides the functionality needed to assign a static Internet Protocol (IP) address to a network interface.

12.7. Static Networking Configuration

12.7.1. Creating the Static Network Interface Configuration Files

Which interfaces are brought up and down by the network script depends on the files and directories in the /etc/sysconfig hierarchy. This directory should contain a sub-directory for each interface to be configured, such as ifconfig.xyz, where “xyz” is a network interface name. Inside this directory would be files defining the attributes to this interface, such as its IP address(es), subnet masks, and so forth.

Note

Udev may assign random Network Card Interface names for some network cards such as enp2s1. If you are not sure what your Network Card Interface name is, you can always run ip l after you have booted your system. Again, it is important that ifconfig.xyz is named after correct Network Card Interface name (e.g. ifconfig.enp2s1 or ifconfig.eth0) or systemd will fail to bring up your network interface.

The following command creates a sample ipv4 file for the eth0 device:

mkdir -pv /etc/sysconfig &&
cd /etc/sysconfig &&
cat > ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="ipv4-static"
IP="192.168.1.1"
GATEWAY="192.168.1.2"
PREFIX="24"
BROADCAST="192.168.1.255"
EOF

The values of these variables must be changed in every file to match the proper setup.

The IFACE variable defines the interface name, for example, eth0. It is required for all network device configuration files.

The SERVICE variable defines the method used for obtaining the IP address. The CLFS-Network-Scripts package has a modular IP assignment format, and creating additional files in the /lib/services directory allows other IP assignment methods.

The GATEWAY variable should contain the default gateway IP address, if one is present. If not, then comment out the variable entirely.

The PREFIX variable needs to contain the number of bits used in the subnet. Each octet in an IP address is 8 bits. If the subnet's netmask is 255.255.255.0, then it is using the first three octets (24 bits) to specify the network number. If the netmask is 255.255.255.240, it would be using the first 28 bits. Prefixes longer than 24 bits are commonly used by DSL and cable-based Internet Service Providers (ISPs). In this example (PREFIX=24), the netmask is 255.255.255.0. Adjust the PREFIX variable according to your specific subnet.

For more information see the ifup man page.

To configure another DHCP Interface, Follow Section 12.8, “DHCPCD-6.3.2”.

12.7.2. Configuring the Network Interface at boot

Enabling of the Network Interface configuration is done per interface. To enable Network Interface configuration at boot, run:

systemctl enable ifupdown@eth0

To disable previously enabled Network Interface configuration at boot, run:

systemctl disable ifupdown@eth0

To manually start the Network Interface configuration, run:

systemctl start ifupdown@eth0

Replace eth0 with the correct Network Interface name as described on the beginning of this page.

12.8. DHCPCD-6.3.2

The DHCPCD package provides a DHCP Client for network configuration.

12.8.1. Installation of DHCPCD

If you wish to configure your network to connect to a DHCP server, you will first need to install a DHCP client. CLFS uses the DHCPCD package for this.

Prepare DHCPCD for compilation:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sbindir=/sbin \
    --sysconfdir=/etc --dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd --libexecdir=/usr/lib/dhcpcd

Compile the package:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install the package:

make install

12.8.2. Creating the DHCP Network Interface Configuration File

The following is an example for the eth0 interface. Refer to the dhcpcd.conf man page for more information. This step may be skipped if default behavior of dhcpcd is required.

Create the /etc/dhcpcd.conf configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately for additional options:

cd /etc &&
cat > dhcpcd.conf << "EOF"
# dhcpcd configuration eth0 interface
# See dhcpcd.conf(5) for details.

interface eth0
# dhcpcd-run-hooks uses these options.
option subnet_mask, routers, domain_name_servers

# The default timeout for waiting for a DHCP response is 30 seconds
# which may be too long or too short and can be changed here.
timeout 16
EOF

To configure another Static Interface, Follow Section 12.7, “Static Networking Configuration”.

12.8.3. Configuring the Network Interface at boot

Enabling of the Network Interface configuration is done per interface. To enable Network Interface configuration at boot, run:

systemctl enable dhcpcd@eth0

To disable previously enabled Network Interface configuration at boot, run:

systemctl disable dhcpcd@eth0

To manually start the Network Interface configuration, run:

systemctl start dhcpcd@eth0

Replace eth0 with the correct Network Interface name as described on the beginning of this page.

12.8.4. Contents of dhcpcd

Installed files: dhcpcd

Short Descriptions

dhcpcd

dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC 2131. It gets the host information from a DHCP server and configures the network interface automatically.

Chapter 13. Making the CLFS System Bootable

13.1. Introduction

It is time to make the CLFS system bootable. This chapter discusses building a kernel for the new CLFS system and installing the boot loader so that the CLFS system can be selected for booting at startup.

13.2. Linux-3.14.21

The Linux package contains the Linux kernel.

13.2.1. Installation of the kernel

Building the kernel involves a few steps—configuration, compilation, and installation. Read the README file in the kernel source tree for alternative methods to the way this book configures the kernel.

Apply the latest Linux sublevel patch:

xzcat ../patch-3.14.21.xz | patch -Np1 -i -

Prepare for compilation by running the following command:

make mrproper

This ensures that the kernel tree is absolutely clean. The kernel team recommends that this command be issued prior to each kernel compilation. Do not rely on the source tree being clean after un-tarring.

Note

A good starting place for setting up the kernel configuration is to run make defconfig. This will set the base configuration to a good state that takes your current system architecture into account.

Be sure to configure the following options as shown, or the system might not work correctly or boot at all. Refer to /usr/share/doc/systemd-213/README:

General setup  --->
  [*] open by fhandle syscalls (CONFIG_FHANDLE)
  [ ] Auditing support (CONFIG_AUDIT)
  [*] Control Group support (CONFIG_CGROUPS)
Processor type and features  --->
  [*] Enable seccomp to safely compute untrusted bytecode (CONFIG_SECCOMP)
Networking support  --->
  Networking options  --->
    <*> The IPv6 protocol (CONFIG_IPV6)
Device Drivers  --->
  Generic Driver Options  --->
    ()  path to uevent helper (CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH)
    [*] Maintain a devtmpfs filesystem to mount at /dev (CONFIG_DEVTMPFS)
    [ ] Fallback user-helper invocation for firmware loading (CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER)
File systems  --->
  [*] Inotify support for userspace (CONFIG_FSNOTIFY)
  <*> Kernel automounter version 4 support (also supports v3) (CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS)
  Pseudo filesystems  --->
    [*] Tmpfs POSIX Access Control Lists (CONFIG_TMPFS_POSIX_ACL)
    [*] Tmpfs extended attributes (CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR)
Firmware Drivers --->
  EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Support --->
    <*> EFI Variable Support via sysfs (CONFIG_EFI_VARS)
-*- Enable the block layer ---> (CONFIG_BLOCK)
  Partition Types --->
    [*] Advanced partition selection (CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED)
    [*]   EFI GUID Partition support (CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION)
Kernel Hacking --->
  [*] Collect scheduler debugging info (CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG)
  [*] Collect scheduler statistics (CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS)

Note

While "The IPv6 Protocol" is not strictly required, it is highly recommended by the Systemd developers. "EFI Variable support" and "EFI GUID Partition support" are for UEFI systems. "Collect scheduler debugging info" and "Collect scheduler statistics" is for systemd-bootchart.

Configure the kernel via a menu-driven interface. CBLFS has some information regarding particular kernel configuration requirements of packages outside of CLFS at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/:

make menuconfig

Alternatively, make oldconfig may be more appropriate in some situations. See the README file for more information.

If desired, skip kernel configuration by copying the kernel config file, .config, from the host system (assuming it is available) to the root directory of the unpacked kernel sources. However, we do not recommend this option. It is often better to explore all the configuration menus and create the kernel configuration from scratch.

Compile the kernel image and modules:

make

If using kernel modules, a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d file may be needed. Information pertaining to modules and kernel configuration is located in the kernel documentation in the Documentation directory of the kernel sources tree. Also, modprobe.d(5) may be of interest.

Install the modules, if the kernel configuration uses them:

make modules_install

Install the firmware, if the kernel configuration uses them:

make firmware_install

After kernel compilation is complete, additional steps are required to complete the installation. Some files need to be copied to the /boot directory.

Issue the following command to install the kernel:

cp -v arch/x86_64/boot/bzImage /boot/vmlinuz-clfs-3.14.21

System.map is a symbol file for the kernel. It maps the function entry points of every function in the kernel API, as well as the addresses of the kernel data structures for the running kernel. Issue the following command to install the map file:

cp -v System.map /boot/System.map-3.14.21

The kernel configuration file .config produced by the make menuconfig step above contains all the configuration selections for the kernel that was just compiled. It is a good idea to keep this file for future reference:

cp -v .config /boot/config-3.14.21

It is important to note that the files in the kernel source directory are not owned by root. Whenever a package is unpacked as user root (like we do inside the final-system build environment), the files have the user and group IDs of whatever they were on the packager's computer. This is usually not a problem for any other package to be installed because the source tree is removed after the installation. However, the Linux source tree is often retained for a long time. Because of this, there is a chance that whatever user ID the packager used will be assigned to somebody on the machine. That person would then have write access to the kernel source.

If the kernel source tree is going to retained, run chown -R 0:0 on the linux-3.14 directory to ensure all files are owned by user root.

Warning

Some kernel documentation recommends creating a symlink from /usr/src/linux pointing to the kernel source directory. This is specific to kernels prior to the 2.6 series and must not be created on a CLFS system as it can cause problems for packages you may wish to build once your base CLFS system is complete.

Also, the headers in the system's include directory should always be the ones against which Glibc was compiled and should never be replaced by headers from a different kernel version.

13.2.2. Contents of Linux

Installed files: config-[linux-version], clfskernel-[linux-version], and System.map-[linux-version]
Installed directory: /lib/modules

Short Descriptions

config-[linux-version]

Contains all the configuration selections for the kernel

clfskernel-[linux-version]

The engine of the Linux system. When turning on the computer, the kernel is the first part of the operating system that gets loaded. It detects and initializes all components of the computer's hardware, then makes these components available as a tree of files to the software and turns a single CPU into a multitasking machine capable of running scores of programs seemingly at the same time.

System.map-[linux-version]

A list of addresses and symbols; it maps the entry points and addresses of all the functions and data structures in the kernel

13.3. Making the CLFS System Bootable

Your shiny new CLFS system is almost complete. One of the last things to do is to ensure that the system can be properly booted. The instructions below apply only to computers of x86 and x86_64 architecture, meaning mainstream PCs. Information on “boot loading” for other architectures should be available in the usual resource-specific locations for those architectures.

Boot loading can be a complex area, so a few cautionary words are in order. Be familiar with the current boot loader and any other operating systems present on the hard drive(s) that need to be bootable. Make sure that an emergency boot disk is ready to “rescue” the computer if the computer becomes unusable (un-bootable).

Warning

The following command will overwrite the current boot loader. Do not run the command if this is not desired, for example, if using a third party boot manager to manage the Master Boot Record (MBR). In this scenario, it would make more sense to install GRUB into the “boot sector” of the CLFS partition. In this case, this next command would become grub-install /dev/sda2 .

Instruct GRUB to install itself into the MBR of sda:

grub-install /dev/sda

Next, we need to generate a configuration for GRUB. In previous versions of grub we could create the configuration manually here, but with GRUB2 we can generate grub.cfg automatically. You can do this with the following command:

grub-mkconfig -o /boot/grub/grub.cfg

Chapter 14. The End

14.1. The End

Well done! The new CLFS system is installed! We wish you much success with your shiny new custom-built Linux system.

It may be a good idea to create an /etc/clfs-release file. By having this file, it is very easy for you (and for us if you need to ask for help at some point) to find out which CLFS version is installed on the system. Create this file by running:

echo 3.0.0-SYSTEMD > /etc/clfs-release

14.2. Download Client

The final system build does not install an FTP or HTTP client for downloading files.

Some suggested clients include:

  • Curl http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Curl

  • Inetutils http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Inetutils

  • LFTP http://lftp.yar.ru/

  • Links http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Links

  • Lynx http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Lynx

  • NcFTP Client http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Ncftp

  • Wget http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/index.php/Wget

  • BASH - A user can use net redirections (if not disabled when building bash in the final system) to download wget or another program.

    cat > download.sh << "EOF"
    #!/bin/bash
    
    WGET_VERSION='1.14'
    WGET_HOSTNAME='ftp.gnu.org'
    exec {HTTP_FD}<>/dev/tcp/${WGET_HOSTNAME}/80
    echo -ne "GET /gnu/wget/wget-${WGET_VERSION}.tar.xz HTTP/1.1\r\nHost: "\
        ${WGET_HOSTNAME}'\r\nUser-Agent: '\
        'bash/'${BASH_VERSION}'\r\n\r\n'  >&${HTTP_FD}
    sed -e '1,/^.$/d' <&${HTTP_FD} >wget-${WGET_VERSION}.tar.xz
    EOF
    
  • GAWK

    cat > gawkdl.sh << "EOF"
    #!/bin/bash
    
    gawk 'BEGIN {
      NetService = "/inet/tcp/0/mirror.anl.gov/80"
      print "GET /pub/gnu/wget/wget-1.14.tar.xz" |& NetService
      while ((NetService |& getline) > 0)
        print $0
      close(NetService)
    }' > binary
    
    gawk '{q=p;p=$0}NR>1{print q}END{ORS = ""; print p}' binary > wget-1.14.tar.xz
    
    rm binary
    EOF
    
  • PERL with HTTP::Tiny (Included with final system PERL install).

    cat > download.pl << "EOF"
    #!/usr/bin/perl
    
    use HTTP::Tiny;
    my $http = HTTP::Tiny->new;
    my $response;
    
    $response = $http->mirror('http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.14.tar.xz', 'wget-1.14.tar.xz');
    die "Failed!\n" unless $response->{success};
    print "Unchanged!\n" if $response->{status} eq '304';
    EOF
    

    Or use this:

    perl -MHTTP::Tiny -E 'say HTTP::Tiny->new->get(shift)->{content}' "http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.14.tar.xz" > binary
    perl -e 'local $/; $_ = <>; s/\n$//; print' binary > wget-1.14.tar.xz
    rm binary
    
  • PERL with LWP: Run cpan and manually configure the client. Run install LWP while in the CPAN shell.

    Refer to http://www.bioinfo-user.org.uk/dokuwiki/doku.php/projects/wgetpl for wgetpl.

14.3. Rebooting the System

If you built your final system using the boot method, just run shutdown -r now to reboot again, using your newly-built kernel instead of the miminal one currently in use. If you chrooted, there are a few more steps.

The system you have created in this book is quite minimal, and most likely will not have the functionality you would need to be able to continue forward. By installing a few extra packages from CBLFS while still in our current chroot environment, you can leave yourself in a much better position to continue on once you reboot into your new CLFS installation. Installing a text mode web browser, such as Lynx, you can easily view the CBLFS website in one virtual terminal, while building packages in another. The GPM package will also allow you to perform copy/paste actions in your virtual terminals. Lastly, if you are in a situation where static IP configuration does not meet your networking requirements, installing packages such as Dhcpcd or PPP at this point might also be useful.

Now that we have said that, lets move on to booting our shiny new CLFS installation for the first time! First exit from the chroot environment:

logout

Then unmount the virtual file systems:

umount ${CLFS}/dev/pts

if [ -h ${CLFS}/dev/shm ]; then
  link=$(readlink ${CLFS}/dev/shm)
  umount -v ${CLFS}/$link
  unset link
else
  umount -v ${CLFS}/dev/shm
fi

umount ${CLFS}/dev
umount ${CLFS}/proc
umount ${CLFS}/sys
umount ${CLFS}/run

Unmount the CLFS file system itself:

umount ${CLFS}

If multiple partitions were created, unmount the other partitions before unmounting the main one, like this:

umount ${CLFS}/usr
umount ${CLFS}/home
umount ${CLFS}

Now, reboot the system with:

shutdown -r now

Assuming the boot loader was set up as outlined earlier, CLFS 3.0.0-SYSTEMD will boot automatically.

When the reboot is complete, the CLFS system is ready for use and more software may be added to suit your needs.

14.4. What Now?

Thank you for reading this CLFS book. We hope that you have found this book helpful and have learned more about the system creation process.

Now that the CLFS system is installed, you may be wondering “What next?” To answer that question, we have compiled a list of resources for you.

  • Maintenance

    Bugs and security notices are reported regularly for all software. Since a CLFS system is compiled from source, it is up to you to keep abreast of such reports. There are several online resources that track such reports, some of which are shown below:

    • Freecode (http://freecode.com/)

      Freecode can notify you (via email) of new versions of packages installed on your system.

    • CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team)

      CERT has a mailing list that publishes security alerts concerning various operating systems and applications. Subscription information is available at http://www.us-cert.gov/cas/signup.html.

    • Bugtraq

      Bugtraq is a full-disclosure computer security mailing list. It publishes newly discovered security issues, and occasionally potential fixes for them. Subscription information is available at http://www.securityfocus.com/archive.

  • Community Driven Beyond Linux From Scratch

    The Community Driven Beyond Linux From Scratch wiki covers installation procedures for a wide range of software beyond the scope of the CLFS Book. CBLFS is designed specifically to work with the CLFS book, and has all the necessary information to continue the builds in the same manner that CLFS uses. This is a community driven project, which means anyone can contribute and provide updates. The CBLFS project is located at http://cblfs.cross-lfs.org/.

  • CLFS Hints

    The CLFS Hints are a collection of educational documents submitted by volunteers in the CLFS community. The hints are available at http://hints.cross-lfs.org/index.php/.

  • Mailing lists

    There are several CLFS mailing lists you may subscribe to if you are in need of help, want to stay current with the latest developments, want to contribute to the project, and more. See Chapter 1 - Mailing Lists for more information.

  • The Linux Documentation Project

    The goal of The Linux Documentation Project (TLDP) is to collaborate on all of the issues of Linux documentation. The TLDP features a large collection of HOWTOs, guides, and man pages. It is located at http://www.tldp.org/.

Part VI. Appendices

Appendix A. Acronyms and Terms

ABI

Application Binary Interface

API

Application Programming Interface

ASCII

American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ATA

Advanced Technology Attachment (see IDE)

BIOS

Basic Input/Output System

bless

manipulate a filesystem so that OF will boot from it

BSD

Berkeley Software Distribution

CBLFS

Community Driven Beyond Linux From Scratch

chroot

change root

CLFS

Cross-Compiled Linux From Scratch

CMOS

Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor

COS

Class Of Service

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DNS

Domain Name Service

EGA

Enhanced Graphics Adapter

ELF

Executable and Linkable Format

EOF

End of File

EQN

equation

ext2

second extended file system

ext3

third extended file system

ext4

fourth extended file system

FAQ

Frequently Asked Questions

FHS

Filesystem Hierarchy Standard

FIFO

First-In, First Out

FQDN

Fully Qualified Domain Name

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

GB

Gigabytes

GCC

GNU Compiler Collection

GID

Group Identifier

GMT

Greenwich Mean Time

HTML

Hypertext Markup Language

IDE

Integrated Drive Electronics

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

IO

Input/Output

IP

Internet Protocol

IPC

Inter-Process Communication

IRC

Internet Relay Chat

ISO

International Organization for Standardization

ISP

Internet Service Provider

KB

Kilobytes

LED

Light Emitting Diode

LFS

Linux From Scratch

LSB

Linux Standard Base

MB

Megabytes

MBR

Master Boot Record

MD5

Message Digest 5

NIC

Network Interface Card

NLS

Native Language Support

NPTL

Native POSIX Threading Library

OF

Open Firmware

OSS

Open Sound System

PCH

Pre-Compiled Headers

PID

Process Identifier

PTY

pseudo terminal

QA

Quality Assurance

QOS

Quality Of Service

RAM

Random Access Memory

RPC

Remote Procedure Call

RTC

Real Time Clock

SCO

The Santa Cruz Operation

SATA

Serial ATA

SGR

Select Graphic Rendition

SHA1

Secure-Hash Algorithm 1

TLDP

The Linux Documentation Project

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol

TLS

Thread-Local Storage

UID

User Identifier

umask

user file-creation mask

USB

Universal Serial Bus

UTC

Coordinated Universal Time

UUID

Universally Unique Identifier

VC

Virtual Console

VGA

Video Graphics Array

VT

Virtual Terminal

Appendix B. Dependencies

Every package built in CLFS relies on one or more other packages in order to build and install properly. Some packages even participate in circular dependencies, that is, the first package depends on the second which in turn depends on the first. Because of these dependencies, the order in which packages are built in CLFS is very important. The purpose of this page is to document the dependencies of each package built in CLFS.

For each package we build, we have listed three types of dependencies. The first lists what other packages need to be available in order to compile and install the package in question. The second lists what packages, in addition to those on the first list, need to be available in order to run the test suites. The last list of dependencies are packages that require this package to be built and installed in its final location before they are built and installed. In most cases, this is because these packages will hardcode paths to binaries within their scripts. If not built in a certain order, this could result in paths of /tools/bin/[binary] being placed inside scripts installed to the final system. This is obviously not desirable.

ACL

Installation depends on: Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Libtool, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Coreutils, Gettext, Libcap, Sed, Systemd, Tar, Vim

Attr

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Libtool, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: ACL, Coretutils, Gettext, Libcap, Sed, Systemd

Autoconf

Installation depends on: Bash, Coreutils, Gawk, Grep, M4, Make, Perl, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Automake, Binutils, Diffutils, Findutils, GCC, Libtool
Must be installed before: Automake

Automake

Installation depends on: Autoconf, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Gawk, Grep, M4, Make, Perl, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Bison, Bzip2, DejaGNU, Diffutils, Expect, Findutils, Flex, GCC, Gettext, Gzip, Libtool, Tar, XZ Utils. Can also use several other packages that are not installed in CLFS.
Must be installed before: None

Bash

Installation depends on: Bash, Bison, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Patch, Readline, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Bc

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Bison, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, , Readline
Test suite depends on: Gawk
Must be installed before: None

Binutils

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, File, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Perl, Sed, Texinfo, Zlib
Test suite depends on: DejaGNU, Expect
Must be installed before: None

Bison

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, M4, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, Findutils, Gawk
Must be installed before: Flex, Kbd, Tar

Bzip2

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Make
Test suite depends on: Diffutils
Must be installed before: None

CLFS-Boot-scripts

Installation depends on: Bash, Coreutils, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Check

Installation depends on: GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

CLooG

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, GMP, ISL, Make, MPC, MPFR, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: GCC

Coreutils

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, GMP, Grep, Libcap, Make, Patch, Perl, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, E2fsprogs, Findutils, Util-linux
Must be installed before: Bash, Diffutils, Findutils, Man

D-Bus

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Expat, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Make, Man, Pkg-config, Sed, Systemd, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

DejaGNU

Installation depends on: Bash, Coreutils, Diffutils, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

DHCPCD

Installation depends on: Bash, Coreutils, GCC, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Diffutils

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Patch, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Glibc

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Gzip, Linux Headers, Make, Perl, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Eudev

Installation depends on: Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Systemd

Expat

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: D-Bus, XML::Parser

Expect

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Patch, Sed, Tcl
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

E2fsprogs

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Gzip, Make, Pkg-config-lite, Sed, Texinfo, Util-linux
Test suite depends on: Bzip2, Diffutils
Must be installed before: None

File

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Zlib
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Findutils

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: DejaGNU, Diffutils, Expect
Must be installed before: None

Flex

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, M4, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Bison, Diffutils, Gawk
Must be installed before: IPRoute2, Kbd, Man

Gawk

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils
Must be installed before: None

Gcc

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, CLooG, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, GMP, Grep, ISL, Make, MPFR, Patch, Perl, Sed, Tar, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Check, DejaGNU, Expect
Must be installed before: None

GDBM

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Gettext

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Tar, Tcl
Must be installed before: Automake

GMP

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, M4, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: MPFR, GCC

Gperf

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Intltool
Must be installed before: Systemd

Grep

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Patch, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, Gawk
Must be installed before: Man

Groff

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Perl Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Man, Perl

Gzip

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils
Must be installed before: Man

Iana-Etc

Installation depends on: Coreutils, Gawk, Make
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Perl

Intltool

Installation depends on: Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Make, Perl Sed, XML::Parser
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

IProute2

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Bison, Coreutils, Glibc, Findutils, Flex, GCC, Make, Linux Headers, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

IPutils

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Libcap, Make
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

ISL

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, GMP, Make, MPC, MPFR, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: GCC

Kbd

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Check, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Gzip, Make
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

KMOD

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Bison, Coreutils, Glibc, Flex, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Gzip, Make, Pkg-config-lite, Sed, XZ Utils, Zlib.
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Systemd

Less

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Libcap

Installation depends on: Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Coreutils, IPutils, Systemd

Libpipeline

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Gawk, GCC, Glibc, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Check
Must be installed before: Man-DB

Libtool

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Autoconf
Must be installed before: None

Linux Headers

Installation depends on: Binutils, Coreutils, Findutils, GCC, Grep, Make, Perl, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Linux Kernel

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, GCC, Grep, Gzip, Make, KMOD, Ncurses, Perl, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

M4

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed , Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils
Must be installed before: Autoconf, Bison

Make

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Perl, Procps-ng
Must be installed before: None

Man-DB

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Bzip2, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Groff, Gzip, Less, XZ Utils, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: D-Bus

Man-Pages

Installation depends on: Bash, Coreutils, Make
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

MPC

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, GMP, Make, MPFR, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: GCC

MPFR

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, GMP, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: GCC

Ncurses

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Pkg-config-lite, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Bash, GRUB, Inetutils, Less, Procps-ng, Psmisc, Readline, Texinfo, Util-linux, Vim

Patch

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Perl

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Bzip2, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: Gzip, Iana-Etc, Procps-ng, Tar
Must be installed before: Autoconf

Pkg-config-lite

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: E2fsprogs, Systemd, Util-linux

Procps-ng

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Make, Ncurses
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Psmisc

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses , Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Readline

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Patch, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: Bash

Sed

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, Gawk
Must be installed before: E2fsprogs, File, Libtool, Shadow

Shadow

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: None

Systemd

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, E2fsprogs, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, GPerf, Grep, Intltool, Libcap, Make, Perl, Pkg-config, Sed, Util-linux, XML::Parser
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: D-Bus

Tar

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Bison, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed, Texinfo
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, Findutils, Gawk, Gzip
Must be installed before: None

Tcl

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Texinfo

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Sed
Test suite depends on: Diffutils, Gzip
Must be installed before: None

Util-linux

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Pkg-config-lite, Sed, Texinfo, Zlib
Test suite depends on: No test suite available
Must be installed before: E2fsprogs, Systemd

Vim

Installation depends on: ACL, Attr, Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Grep, Make, Ncurses, Perl, Sed
Test suite depends on: Gzip
Must be installed before: None

XML::Parser

Installation depends on: Coreutils, Expat, Make, Perl
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: Intltool

XZ Utils

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, Glibc, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Grep, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: None

Zlib

Installation depends on: Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Glibc, GCC, Make, Sed
Test suite depends on: None
Must be installed before: File, KMOD, Util-linux

Appendix C. x86 Dependencies

This page contains dependency information for packages specific to x86 Pure64.

Appendix D. Package Rationale

CLFS includes many packages, a number of which might not necessarily be required for a "minimal" system, but still considered very useful. The purpose of this page is to list the reasoning for each package's inclusion in the book.

  • ACL

    The ACL package allows usage and setting of POSIX Access Control Lists. It can be used by several other packages in CLFS, such as Coreutils and Systemd.

  • Attr

    Attr allows setting and viewing extended attributes of filesystem objects. It is required by Systemd.

  • Autoconf

    The Autoconf package contains programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code. This is useful for software developers, as well as anyone who wants to install packages that don't come with a configure script, such as some of the packages in CBLFS.

  • Automake

    The Automake package contains programs for generating Makefiles for use with Autoconf. This can be useful to software developers.

  • Bash

    This package contains the Bourne-Again SHell. A shell is an important component of a Linux system, as there must be some way of allowing the users to enter commands.

  • Bc

    This package contains a precision calculator. The Linux kernel uses Bc to render the timeconst header.

  • Binutils

    This package contains programs for handling object files. The programs in this package are needed for compiling most of the packages in CLFS.

  • Bison

    This package contains programs that are required by several packages in CLFS.

  • Bzip2

    The programs in this package are useful for compressing files to reduce size. They are also needed to uncompress tarballs for many CLFS packages.

  • CLFS-Boot-scripts

    This package contains a number of scripts that run at boottime, performing essential tasks such as mounting/checking filesystems and starting the network interface.

  • Check

    This package contains a test harness for other programs. It is used for some packages' test suites.

  • CLooG

    This package is used by GCC to enable its Graphite loop generation code.

  • Coreutils

    This package contains many basic command-line file-management tools, required for installation of every package in CLFS.

  • D-Bus

    D-Bus is a message bus system, which allows applications to communicate to each other. It is used by Systemd.

  • DejaGNU

    This package is needed for the test suites of several packages, especially GCC and Binutils.

  • DHCPCD

    This package allows for automatic configuration of network interfaces from a DHCP server. It (or some other package providing a DHCP client is needed to connect to a DHCP server.

  • Diffutils

    This package contains programs to compare files, and can also be used to create patches. It is required by the installation procedures of many CLFS packages, and used by many packages' test suites.

  • Eudev

    This is a package that allows for dynamic creation of device nodes. It is a fork of Udev, which is now part of Systemd. It is still used for the "Boot" method in the temp-system, as Systemd is not needed there.

  • Expect

    This package is needed for the test suites for several packages.

  • E2fsprogs

    The programs in this package are used for the creation and maintenance of ext2/3/4 filesystems.

  • File

    This package contains a program that determines the type of a given file. It is needed by some CLFS packages.

  • Findutils

    This package contains programs for finding files based on certain criteria, and optionally performing commands on them. These programs are used by the installation procedures of many CLFS packages.

  • Flex

    This package contains a tool for generating text scanners. It is used by multiple packages in CLFS

  • Gawk

    This package contains programs for manipulating text files, using the AWK language. It is used by the installation procedures of many packages in CLFS.

  • Gcc

    This package contains a C compiler, which is required to compile most of the packages in CLFS.

  • GDBM

    This package contains the GNU Database Manager library. Man-DB requires either GDBM or Berkeley DB, though it prefers GDBM.

  • Gettext

    A tool that allows programmers to easily implement i18n (internationalization) in their programs. It is a required dependency for a number of packages

  • Glibc

    Any dynamically-linked C program (nearly every package in CLFS has these) needs a C library to compile and run.

  • GMP

    This package is required by GCC.

  • Gperf

    This package is required by Systemd.

  • Grep

    This package contains programs for searching for text in files. These programs are required by many packages in CLFS.

  • Groff

    This package is required by Man-DB.

  • Gzip

    Useful for compressing files to reduce size. It is also needed to uncompress tarballs for many CLFS packages

  • Iana-Etc

    This package provides the /etc/services and /etc/protocols files. These files map port names to port numbers as well as protocol names to their corresponding numbers. These files are essential for many network based programs to work properly.

  • Intltool

    This package is required by Systemd.

  • IProute2

    This package contains programs for administering network interfaces.

  • IPutils

    This package contains several basic network-management tools.

  • ISL

    This package is required by CLooG.

  • Kbd

    Contains keytable files and keyboard utilities compatible with the Linux kernel. These can be used to change the display font and keyboard layout.

  • Kmod

    This package contains programs that assist in loading an unloading kernel modules.

  • Less

    A program that lets you view text files one page at a time. It is also used by Man-DB for displaying manpages.

  • Libcap

    This package is required by Systemd.

  • Libpipeline

    The Libpipeline package contains a library for manipulating pipelines of subprocesses in a flexible and convenient way. It is required by the Man-DB package.

  • Libtool

    The Libtool package contains the GNU generic library support script. It is used by some CLFS packages.

  • Linux Headers

    This package consists of santized headers from the Linux Kernel. These headers are required for Glibc to compile.

  • Linux Kernel

    The Linux operating system.

  • M4

    This package contains a macro processor. It is required by several CLFS packages, including Bison.

  • Make

    This is required for installation of most CLFS packages

  • Man-DB

    This package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages, and has superior internationalization capabilities compared to the Man package.

  • Man-Pages

    A number of useful manpages, not supplied by other packages

  • MPC

    This package is required by GCC.

  • MPFR

    This package is required by GCC.

  • Ncurses

    Needed by several packages in CLFS, such as Vim, Bash, and Less

  • Patch

    Used for applying patches in several CLFS packages

  • Perl

    The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language. It is required by several CLFS packages.

  • Pkg-config-lite

    Several packages in CLFS, and many others outside of CLFS, use pkg-config to locate dependencies.

  • Procps-ng

    Provides a number of small, useful utilities that give information about the /proc filesystem.

  • Psmisc

    Provides more utilties that give information about the /proc filesystem.

  • Readline

    The Readline library provides a set of functions for use by applications that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in. This is essential for input in programs like bash to work properly.

  • Sed

    This package contains a stream editor. It is used in the installation procedures of most CLFS packages.

  • Shadow

    This package contains programs that assist in the administration of users and groups, and passwords.

  • Systemd

    Systemd provides the init daemon for the system, as well as Udev, which dynamically creates device nodes.

  • Tar

    Required to unpack the tar archives in which all CLFS packages are distributed

  • Tcl

    Needed for the test suites of several packages

  • Texinfo

    This package contains programs for viewing, installing and converting info pages. It is used in the installation procedures of many CLFS packages.

  • Util-linux

    The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages. It also includes libraries that are required by E2fsprogs.

  • Vim

    The Vim package contains a text editor. Users may substitute Nano, Joe, Emacs, or whatever other editor they prefer.

  • XML::Parser

    This Perl module is required by Intltool.

  • XZ Utils

    Useful for compressing files to reduce size. Also needed to uncompress tarballs for many CLFS packages

  • Zlib

    The Zlib package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.

Appendix E. Open Publication License

v1.0, 8 June 1999

I. REQUIREMENTS ON BOTH UNMODIFIED AND MODIFIED VERSIONS

The Open Publication works may be reproduced and distributed in whole or in part, in any medium physical or electronic, provided that the terms of this license are adhered to, and that this license or an incorporation of it by reference (with any options elected by the author(s) and/or publisher) is displayed in the reproduction.

Proper form for an incorporation by reference is as follows:

Copyright © <year> by <author's name or designee>. This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, vX.Y or later (the latest version is presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).

The reference must be immediately followed with any options elected by the author(s) and/or publisher of the document (see section VI).

Commercial redistribution of Open Publication-licensed material is permitted.

Any publication in standard (paper) book form shall require the citation of the original publisher and author. The publisher and author's names shall appear on all outer surfaces of the book. On all outer surfaces of the book the original publisher's name shall be as large as the bridgehead of the work and cited as possessive with respect to the bridgehead.

II. COPYRIGHT

The copyright to each Open Publication is owned by its author(s) or designee.

III. SCOPE OF LICENSE

The following license terms apply to all Open Publication works, unless otherwise explicitly stated in the document.

Mere aggregation of Open Publication works or a portion of an Open Publication work with other works or programs on the same media shall not cause this license to apply to those other works. The aggregate work shall contain a notice specifying the inclusion of the Open Publication material and appropriate copyright notice.

SEVERABILITY. If any part of this license is found to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining portions of the license remain in force.

NO WARRANTY. Open Publication works are licensed and provided "as is" without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose or a warranty of non-infringement.

IV. REQUIREMENTS ON MODIFIED WORKS

All modified versions of documents covered by this license, including translations, anthologies, compilations and partial documents, must meet the following requirements:

  1. The modified version must be labeled as such.

  2. The person making the modifications must be identified and the modifications dated.

  3. Acknowledgement of the original author and publisher if applicable must be retained according to normal academic citation practices.

  4. The location of the original unmodified document must be identified.

  5. The original author's (or authors') name(s) may not be used to assert or imply endorsement of the resulting document without the original author's (or authors') permission.

V. GOOD-PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS

In addition to the requirements of this license, it is requested from and strongly recommended of redistributors that:

  1. If you are distributing Open Publication works on hardcopy or CD-ROM, you provide email notification to the authors of your intent to redistribute at least thirty days before your manuscript or media freeze, to give the authors time to provide updated documents. This notification should describe modifications, if any, made to the document.

  2. All substantive modifications (including deletions) be either clearly marked up in the document or else described in an attachment to the document.

  3. Finally, while it is not mandatory under this license, it is considered good form to offer a free copy of any hardcopy and CD-ROM expression of an Open Publication-licensed work to its author(s).

VI. LICENSE OPTIONS

The author(s) and/or publisher of an Open Publication-licensed document may elect certain options by appending language to the reference to or copy of the license. These options are considered part of the license instance and must be included with the license (or its incorporation by reference) in derived works.

A. To prohibit distribution of substantively modified versions without the explicit permission of the author(s). "Substantive modification" is defined as a change to the semantic content of the document, and excludes mere changes in format or typographical corrections.

To accomplish this, add the phrase `Distribution of substantively modified versions of this document is prohibited without the explicit permission of the copyright holder.' to the license reference or copy.

B. To prohibit any publication of this work or derivative works in whole or in part in standard (paper) book form for commercial purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright holder.

To accomplish this, add the phrase 'Distribution of the work or derivative of the work in any standard (paper) book form is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright holder.' to the license reference or copy.

OPEN PUBLICATION POLICY APPENDIX

(This is not considered part of the license.)

Open Publication works are available in source format via the Open Publication home page at http://works.opencontent.org/.

Open Publication authors who want to include their own license on Open Publication works may do so, as long as their terms are not more restrictive than the Open Publication license.

If you have questions about the Open Publication License, please contact David Wiley at dw@opencontent.org, and/or the Open Publication Authors' List at opal@opencontent.org, via email.

To subscribe to the Open Publication Authors' List: Send E-mail to opal-request@opencontent.org with the word "subscribe" in the body.

To post to the Open Publication Authors' List: Send E-mail to opal@opencontent.org or simply reply to a previous post.

To unsubscribe from the Open Publication Authors' List: Send E-mail to opal-request@opencontent.org with the word "unsubscribe" in the body.

Index

Packages

Programs

Libraries

Scripts

Others